ASN1_STRING_dup, ASN1_STRING_cmp, ASN1_STRING_set, ASN1_STRING_length, ASN1_STRING_length_set, ASN1_STRING_type, ASN1_STRING_data (3) - ASN1_STRING utility functions
Attribute::Handlers (3p) - Simpler definition of attribute handlers
AutoSplit (3p) - split a package for autoloading
BIO_read, BIO_write, BIO_gets, BIO_puts (3) - BIO I/O functions
BIO_s_bio, BIO_make_bio_pair, BIO_destroy_bio_pair, BIO_shutdown_wr, BIO_set_write_buf_size, BIO_get_write_buf_size, BIO_new_bio_pair, BIO_get_write_guarantee, BIO_ctrl_get_write_guarantee, BIO_get_read_request, BIO_ctrl_get_read_request, BIO_ctrl_reset_read_request (3) - BIO pair BIO
BIO_s_file, BIO_new_file, BIO_new_fp, BIO_set_fp, BIO_get_fp, BIO_read_filename, BIO_write_filename, BIO_append_filename, BIO_rw_filename (3) - FILE bio
BIO_should_retry, BIO_should_read, BIO_should_write, BIO_should_io_special, BIO_retry_type, BIO_should_retry, BIO_get_retry_BIO, BIO_get_retry_reason (3) - BIO retry functions
BN_CTX_new, BN_CTX_init, BN_CTX_free (3) - allocate and free BN_CTX structures
BN_add, BN_sub, BN_mul, BN_sqr, BN_div, BN_mod, BN_nnmod, BN_mod_add, BN_mod_sub, BN_mod_mul, BN_mod_sqr, BN_exp, BN_mod_exp, BN_gcd (3) - arithmetic operations on BIGNUMs
BN_add_word, BN_sub_word, BN_mul_word, BN_div_word, BN_mod_word (3) - arithmetic functions on BIGNUMs with integers
BN_generate_prime, BN_is_prime, BN_is_prime_fasttest (3) - generate primes and test for primality
BN_mod_mul_montgomery, BN_MONT_CTX_new, BN_MONT_CTX_init, BN_MONT_CTX_free, BN_MONT_CTX_set, BN_MONT_CTX_copy, BN_from_montgomery, BN_to_montgomery (3) - Montgomery multiplication
BN_mod_mul_reciprocal, BN_div_recp, BN_RECP_CTX_new, BN_RECP_CTX_init, BN_RECP_CTX_free, BN_RECP_CTX_set (3) - modular multiplication using reciprocal
BN_new, BN_init, BN_clear, BN_free, BN_clear_free (3) - allocate and free BIGNUMs
BN_num_bits, BN_num_bytes, BN_num_bits_word (3) - get BIGNUM size
BN_set_bit, BN_clear_bit, BN_is_bit_set, BN_mask_bits, BN_lshift, BN_lshift1, BN_rshift, BN_rshift1 (3) - bit operations on BIGNUMs
CGI::Apache (3p) - Backward compatibility module for CGI.pm
CGI::Carp (3p) - CGI routines for writing to the HTTPD (or other) error log
CGI::Switch (3p) - Backward compatibility module for defunct CGI::Switch
CGI::Util (3p) - Internal utilities used by CGI module
CPAN (3p) - query, download and build perl modules from CPAN sites
CPAN::API::HOWTO (3p) - a recipe book for programming with CPAN.pm
CPAN::FirstTime (3p) - Utility for CPAN::Config file Initialization
CPAN::Nox (3p) - Wrapper around CPAN.pm without using any XS module
CPAN::Version (3p) - utility functions to compare CPAN versions
CPANPLUS::Internals::Search (3p) - find module objects matching criteria
CPANPLUS::Selfupdate (3p) - methods for updating CPANPLUS itself
CPANPLUS::Shell::Default::Plugins::HOWTO (3p) - documentation on how to write your own plugins
DES_random_key, DES_set_key, DES_key_sched, DES_set_key_checked, DES_set_key_unchecked, DES_set_odd_parity, DES_is_weak_key, DES_ecb_encrypt, DES_ecb2_encrypt, DES_ecb3_encrypt, DES_ncbc_encrypt, DES_cfb_encrypt, DES_ofb_encrypt, DES_pcbc_encrypt, DES_cfb64_encrypt, DES_ofb64_encrypt, DES_xcbc_encrypt, DES_ede2_cbc_encrypt, DES_ede2_cfb64_encrypt, DES_ede2_ofb64_encrypt, DES_ede3_cbc_encrypt, DES_ede3_cbcm_encrypt, DES_ede3_cfb64_encrypt, DES_ede3_ofb64_encrypt, DES_cbc_cksum, DES_quad_cksum, DES_string_to_key, DES_string_to_2keys, DES_fcrypt, DES_crypt, DES_enc_read, DES_enc_write (3) - DES encryption
Data::Dumper (3p) - stringified perl data structures, suitable for both printing and "eval"
Devel::PPPort (3p) - Perl/Pollution/Portability
Digest::MD5 (3p) - Perl interface to the MD5 Algorithm
Digest::MD6 (3p) - Perl interface to the MD6 Algorithm
ERR_load_strings, ERR_PACK, ERR_get_next_error_library (3) - load arbitrary error strings
EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init, EVP_EncryptInit_ex, EVP_EncryptUpdate, EVP_EncryptFinal_ex, EVP_DecryptInit_ex, EVP_DecryptUpdate, EVP_DecryptFinal_ex, EVP_CipherInit_ex, EVP_CipherUpdate, EVP_CipherFinal_ex, EVP_CIPHER_CTX_set_key_length, EVP_CIPHER_CTX_ctrl, EVP_CIPHER_CTX_cleanup, EVP_EncryptInit, EVP_EncryptFinal, EVP_DecryptInit, EVP_DecryptFinal, EVP_CipherInit, EVP_CipherFinal, EVP_get_cipherbyname, EVP_get_cipherbynid, EVP_get_cipherbyobj, EVP_CIPHER_nid, EVP_CIPHER_block_size, EVP_CIPHER_key_length, EVP_CIPHER_iv_length, EVP_CIPHER_flags, EVP_CIPHER_mode, EVP_CIPHER_type, EVP_CIPHER_CTX_cipher, EVP_CIPHER_CTX_nid, EVP_CIPHER_CTX_block_size, EVP_CIPHER_CTX_key_length, EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_length, EVP_CIPHER_CTX_get_app_data, EVP_CIPHER_CTX_set_app_data, EVP_CIPHER_CTX_type, EVP_CIPHER_CTX_flags, EVP_CIPHER_CTX_mode, EVP_CIPHER_param_to_asn1, EVP_CIPHER_asn1_to_param, EVP_CIPHER_CTX_set_padding (3) - EVP cipher routines
EVP_MD_CTX_init, EVP_MD_CTX_create, EVP_DigestInit_ex, EVP_DigestUpdate, EVP_DigestFinal_ex, EVP_MD_CTX_cleanup, EVP_MD_CTX_destroy, EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE, EVP_MD_CTX_copy_ex, EVP_MD_CTX_copy, EVP_MD_type, EVP_MD_pkey_type, EVP_MD_size, EVP_MD_block_size, EVP_MD_CTX_md, EVP_MD_CTX_size, EVP_MD_CTX_block_size, EVP_MD_CTX_type, EVP_md_null, EVP_md2, EVP_md5, EVP_sha, EVP_sha1, EVP_dss, EVP_dss1, EVP_mdc2, EVP_ripemd160, EVP_get_digestbyname, EVP_get_digestbynid, EVP_get_digestbyobj (3) - EVP digest routines
EVP_OpenInit, EVP_OpenUpdate, EVP_OpenFinal (3) - EVP envelope decryption
EVP_SealInit, EVP_SealUpdate, EVP_SealFinal (3) - EVP envelope encryption
EVP_SignInit, EVP_SignUpdate, EVP_SignFinal (3) - EVP signing functions
EVP_VerifyInit, EVP_VerifyUpdate, EVP_VerifyFinal (3) - EVP signature verification functions
Encode::Alias (3p) - alias definitions to encodings
ExtUtils::Command (3p) - utilities to replace common UNIX commands in Makefiles etc.
ExtUtils::Embed (3p) - Utilities for embedding Perl in C/C++ applications
ExtUtils::MakeMaker::Tutorial (3p) - Writing a module with MakeMaker
ExtUtils::Manifest (3p) - utilities to write and check a MANIFEST file
ExtUtils::Miniperl, writemain (3p) - write the C code for perlmain.c
ExtUtils::Mksymlists (3p) - write linker options files for dynamic extension
Fatal (3p) - replace functions with equivalents which succeed or die
FileCache (3p) - keep more files open than the system permits
Filter::Util::Call (3p) - Perl Source Filter Utility Module
Getopt::Std, getopt, getopts (3p) - Process single-character switches with switch clustering
HMAC, HMAC_Init, HMAC_Update, HMAC_Final, HMAC_cleanup (3) - HMAC message authentication code
Hash::Util (3p) - A selection of general-utility hash subroutines
I18N::Collate (3p) - compare 8-bit scalar data according to the current locale
I18N::LangTags (3p) - functions for dealing with RFC3066-style language tags
IO::Compress::Deflate (3p) - Write RFC 1950 files/buffers
IO::Compress::Gzip (3p) - Write RFC 1952 files/buffers
IO::Compress::RawDeflate (3p) - Write RFC 1951 files/buffers
IO::Compress::Zip (3p) - Write zip files/buffers
IPC::Open2, open2 (3p) - open a process for both reading and writing
IPC::Open3, open3 (3p) - open a process for reading, writing, and error handling
List::Util (3p) - A selection of general-utility list subroutines
Log::Message::Item (3p) - Message objects for Log::Message
Log::Message::Simple (3p) - standard logging facilities using Log::Message
MD2, MD4, MD5, MD2_Init, MD2_Update, MD2_Final, MD4_Init, MD4_Update, MD4_Final, MD5_Init, MD5_Update, MD5_Final (3) - MD2, MD4, and MD5 hash functions
MD4Init, MD4Update, MD4Pad, MD4Final, MD4Transform, MD4End, MD4File, MD4FileChunk, MD4Data (3) - calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
MD5Init, MD5Update, MD5Pad, MD5Final, MD5Transform, MD5End, MD5File, MD5FileChunk, MD5Data (3) - calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
Math::BigFloat (3p) - Arbitrary size floating point math package
Math::BigInt (3p) - Arbitrary size integer/float math package
Math::BigInt::CalcEmu (3p) - Emulate low-level math with BigInt code
Math::BigInt::FastCalc (3p) - Math::BigInt::Calc with some XS for more speed
Math::BigRat (3p) - Arbitrary big rational numbers
Module::Build::Compat (3p) - Compatibility with ExtUtils::MakeMaker
Module::CoreList (3p) - what modules shipped with versions of perl
Module::Load::Conditional (3p) - Looking up module information / loading at runtime
Module::Pluggable (3p) - automatically give your module the ability to have plugins
Module::Pluggable::Object (3p) - automatically give your module the ability to have plugins
Net::Ping (3p) - check a remote host for reachability
OBJ_nid2obj, OBJ_nid2ln, OBJ_nid2sn, OBJ_obj2nid, OBJ_txt2nid, OBJ_ln2nid, OBJ_sn2nid, OBJ_cmp, OBJ_dup, OBJ_txt2obj, OBJ_obj2txt, OBJ_create, OBJ_cleanup (3) - ASN1 object utility functions
OpenBSD::Getopt (3p) - Process single-characters switches
OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms, OpenSSL_add_all_ciphers, OpenSSL_add_all_digests (3) - add algorithms to internal table
Pod::Simple::Subclassing (3p) - write a formatter as a Pod::Simple subclass
Pod::Text::Termcap (3p) - Convert POD data to ASCII text with format escapes
RAND_load_file, RAND_write_file, RAND_file_name (3) - PRNG seed file
RIPEMD160, RIPEMD160_Init, RIPEMD160_Update, RIPEMD160_Final (3) - RIPEMD-160 hash function
RMD160Init, RMD160Update, RMD160Pad, RMD160Final, RMD160Transform, RMD160End, RMD160File, RMD160FileChunk, RMD160Data (3) - calculate the ``RIPEMD-160'' message digest
SHA1, SHA1_Init, SHA1_Update, SHA1_Final (3) - Secure Hash Algorithm
SHA1Init, SHA1Update, SHA1Pad, SHA1Final, SHA1Transform, SHA1End, SHA1File, SHA1FileChunk, SHA1Data (3) - calculate the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm
SHA256Init, SHA256Update, SHA256Pad, SHA256Final, SHA256Transform, SHA256End, SHA256File, SHA256FileChunk, SHA256Data (3) - calculate the NIST Secure Hash Standard (version 2)
SLIST_ENTRY, SLIST_HEAD, SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER, SLIST_FIRST, SLIST_NEXT, SLIST_END, SLIST_EMPTY, SLIST_FOREACH, SLIST_FOREACH_PREVPTR, SLIST_INIT, SLIST_INSERT_AFTER, SLIST_INSERT_HEAD, SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD, SLIST_REMOVE_NEXT, SLIST_REMOVE, LIST_ENTRY, LIST_HEAD, LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER, LIST_FIRST, LIST_NEXT, LIST_END, LIST_EMPTY, LIST_FOREACH, LIST_INIT, LIST_INSERT_AFTER, LIST_INSERT_BEFORE, LIST_INSERT_HEAD, LIST_REMOVE, LIST_REPLACE, SIMPLEQ_ENTRY, SIMPLEQ_HEAD, SIMPLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER, SIMPLEQ_FIRST, SIMPLEQ_NEXT, SIMPLEQ_END, SIMPLEQ_EMPTY, SIMPLEQ_FOREACH, SIMPLEQ_INIT, SIMPLEQ_INSERT_HEAD, SIMPLEQ_INSERT_TAIL, SIMPLEQ_INSERT_AFTER, SIMPLEQ_REMOVE_HEAD, TAILQ_ENTRY, TAILQ_HEAD, TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER, TAILQ_FIRST, TAILQ_NEXT, TAILQ_END, TAILQ_LAST, TAILQ_PREV, TAILQ_EMPTY, TAILQ_FOREACH, TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE, TAILQ_INIT, TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER, TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE, TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD, TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL, TAILQ_REMOVE, TAILQ_REPLACE, CIRCLEQ_ENTRY, CIRCLEQ_HEAD, CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER, CIRCLEQ_FIRST, CIRCLEQ_LAST, CIRCLEQ_END, CIRCLEQ_NEXT, CIRCLEQ_PREV, CIRCLEQ_EMPTY, CIRCLEQ_FOREACH, CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE, CIRCLEQ_INIT, CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER, CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE, CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD, CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL, CIRCLEQ_REMOVE, CIRCLEQ_REPLACE (3) - implementations of singly-linked lists, doubly-linked lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
SMIME_write_PKCS7 (3) - convert PKCS#7 structure to S/MIME format.
SPLAY_PROTOTYPE, SPLAY_GENERATE, SPLAY_ENTRY, SPLAY_HEAD, SPLAY_INITIALIZER, SPLAY_ROOT, SPLAY_EMPTY, SPLAY_NEXT, SPLAY_MIN, SPLAY_MAX, SPLAY_FIND, SPLAY_LEFT, SPLAY_RIGHT, SPLAY_FOREACH, SPLAY_INIT, SPLAY_INSERT, SPLAY_REMOVE, RB_PROTOTYPE, RB_PROTOTYPE_STATIC, RB_GENERATE, RB_GENERATE_STATIC, RB_ENTRY, RB_HEAD, RB_INITIALIZER, RB_ROOT, RB_EMPTY, RB_NEXT, RB_PREV, RB_MIN, RB_MAX, RB_FIND, RB_NFIND, RB_LEFT, RB_RIGHT, RB_PARENT, RB_FOREACH, RB_FOREACH_REVERSE, RB_INIT, RB_INSERT, RB_REMOVE (3) - implementations of splay and red-black trees
SSL_CIPHER_get_name, SSL_CIPHER_get_bits, SSL_CIPHER_get_version, SSL_CIPHER_description (3) - get SSL_CIPHER properties
SSL_CTX_sess_number, SSL_CTX_sess_connect, SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good, SSL_CTX_sess_connect_renegotiate, SSL_CTX_sess_accept, SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good, SSL_CTX_sess_accept_renegotiate, SSL_CTX_sess_hits, SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits, SSL_CTX_sess_misses, SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts, SSL_CTX_sess_cache_full (3) - obtain session cache statistics
SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context, SSL_set_session_id_context (3) - set context within which session can be reused (server side only)
SSL_accept (3) - wait for a TLS/SSL client to initiate a TLS/SSL handshake
SSL_connect (3) - initiate the TLS/SSL handshake with an TLS/SSL server
SSL_get_current_cipher, SSL_get_cipher, SSL_get_cipher_name, SSL_get_cipher_bits, SSL_get_cipher_version (3) - get SSL_CIPHER of a connection
SSL_library_init, OpenSSL_add_ssl_algorithms, SSLeay_add_ssl_algorithms (3) - initialize SSL library by registering algorithms
SSL_set_bio (3) - connect the SSL object with a BIO
SSL_set_fd (3) - connect the SSL object with a file descriptor
SSL_want, SSL_want_nothing, SSL_want_read, SSL_want_write, SSL_want_x509_lookup (3) - obtain state information TLS/SSL I/O operation
SSL_write (3) - write bytes to a TLS/SSL connection.
Scalar::Util (3p) - A selection of general-utility scalar subroutines
Shell (3p) - run shell commands transparently within perl
SuidCells (5) - lists AFS cells for which afsd will honor the setuid bit
Switch (3p) - A switch statement for Perl
Term::ReadLine (3p) - Perl interface to various "readline" packages. If no real package is found, substitutes stubs instead of basic functions.
Term::UI::History (3p) - history functionality for Term::UI
Test (3p) - provides a simple framework for writing test scripts
Test::Builder::Tester (3p) - test testsuites that have been built with Test::Builder
Test::Harness (3p) - Run Perl standard test scripts with statistics
Test::Harness::Iterator (3p) - Internal Test::Harness Iterator
Test::Harness::Util (3p) - Utility functions for Test::Harness::*
Test::More (3p) - yet another framework for writing test scripts
Test::Simple (3p) - Basic utilities for writing tests.
Test::Tester (3p) - Ease testing test modules built with Test::Builder
Test::Tester::Capture (3p) - Help testing test modules built with Test::Builder
Test::Tester::CaptureRunner (3p) - Help testing test modules built with Test::Builder
Test::Tutorial (3p) - A tutorial about writing really basic tests
Text::Balanced (3p) - Extract delimited text sequences from strings.
Text::Soundex (3p) - Implementation of the soundex algorithm.
Tie::Handle (3p) - base class definitions for tied handles
Tie::Hash, Tie::StdHash, Tie::ExtraHash (3p) - base class definitions for tied hashes
Tie::Scalar, Tie::StdScalar (3p) - base class definitions for tied scalars
Unicode::Collate (3p) - Unicode Collation Algorithm
X509_NAME_ENTRY_get_object, X509_NAME_ENTRY_get_data, X509_NAME_ENTRY_set_object, X509_NAME_ENTRY_set_data, X509_NAME_ENTRY_create_by_txt, X509_NAME_ENTRY_create_by_NID, X509_NAME_ENTRY_create_by_OBJ (3) - X509_NAME_ENTRY utility functions
XS::APItest (3p) - Test the perl C API
XS::Typemap (3p) - module to test the XS typemaps distributed with perl
_exit (2) - terminate the calling process
a64l, l64a (3) - convert between 32-bit integer and radix-64 ASCII string
acpithinkpad (4) - IBM/Lenovo ThinkPad ACPI support
acpitimer (4) - ACPI power management timer
acpitz (4) - ACPI thermal zone
activinit, cryptoinit, snkinit (8) - modify or add user in ActivCard, CRYPTOCard, or SNK-004 authentication system
addch, waddch, mvaddch, mvwaddch, echochar, wechochar (3) - add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor
addftinfo (1) - add information to troff font files for use with groff
afmtodit (1) - create font files for use with groff -Tps
age (4) - Attansic L1 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device
agten (4/SPARC) - Fujitsu AG-10e accelerated 24-bit color frame buffer
agten (4/SPARC64) - Fujitsu AG-10e accelerated 24-bit color frame buffer
alc (4) - Atheros AR8131/AR8132 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device
ale (4) - Atheros AR8121/AR8113/AR8114 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device
amd64_get_ioperm, amd64_set_ioperm (2/AMD64) - manage amd64 per-process I/O permission bitmap
apci (4/HP300) - Apollo utility chip serial communications interface
arch, machine (1) - print architecture type
arithmetic (6) - quiz on simple arithmetic
arm_drain_writebuf (2) - drains the CPU write buffer
atexit (3) - register a function to be called on exit
ath (4) - Atheros IEEE 802.11a/b/g wireless network device with GPIO
atob8, backspace, btoa8, btoe, etob, f, htoi, keycrunch, put8, readpass, readskey, rip, sevenbit, skey_authenticate, skey_get_algorithm, skey_haskey, skey_keyinfo, skey_passcheck, skey_set_algorithm, skey_unlock, skeychallenge, skeychallenge2, skeygetnext, skeylookup, skeyverify, skipspace (3) - S/Key library functions
atomic, atomic_setbits_int, atomic_clearbits_int (9) - interface to perform atomic operations on data
atphy (4) - Attansic Technology F1 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet PHY
audioamd (4/SPARC) - SPARC telephone quality audio device
auth_open, auth_call, auth_challenge, auth_check_change, auth_check_expire, auth_clean, auth_close, auth_clrenv, auth_clroption, auth_clroptions, auth_getitem, auth_getpwd, auth_getstate, auth_getvalue, auth_set_va_list, auth_setdata, auth_setenv, auth_setitem, auth_setoption, auth_setpwd, auth_setstate (3) - interface to the BSD Authentication system
axe (4) - ASIX Electronics AX88172/AX88178/AX88772 10/100/Gigabit USB Ethernet device
azalia (4) - Generic High Definition Audio device
base (3p) - Establish an ISA relationship with base classes at compile time
bc (1) - arbitrary-precision arithmetic language and calculator
bge (4) - Broadcom BCM57xx/BCM590x 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device
biff (1) - be notified if mail arrives and who it is from
bit_alloc, bit_clear, bit_decl, bit_ffc, bit_ffs, bit_nclear, bit_nset, bit_set, bitstr_size, bit_test (3) - bit-string manipulation macros
bn (3) - multiprecision integer arithmetics
bnx (4) - Broadcom NetXtreme II 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device
brgphy (4) - Broadcom BCM54xx/BCM57xx 10/100/Gigabit/2500 Ethernet PHY
buffercache, bread, breadn, bwrite, bawrite, bdwrite, getblk, geteblk, incore, allocbuf, brelse, biodone, biowait (9) - buffer cache interfaces
bus_space, bus_space_alloc, bus_space_barrier, bus_space_copy_1, bus_space_copy_2, bus_space_copy_4, bus_space_copy_8, bus_space_free, bus_space_map, bus_space_read_1, bus_space_read_2, bus_space_read_4, bus_space_read_8, bus_space_read_multi_1, bus_space_read_multi_2, bus_space_read_multi_4, bus_space_read_multi_8, bus_space_read_raw_multi_2, bus_space_read_raw_multi_4, bus_space_read_raw_multi_8, bus_space_read_region_1, bus_space_read_region_2, bus_space_read_region_4, bus_space_read_region_8, bus_space_read_raw_region_2, bus_space_read_raw_region_4, bus_space_read_raw_region_8, bus_space_set_multi_1, bus_space_set_multi_2, bus_space_set_multi_4, bus_space_set_multi_8, bus_space_set_region_1, bus_space_set_region_2, bus_space_set_region_4, bus_space_set_region_8, bus_space_subregion, bus_space_unmap, bus_space_vaddr, bus_space_write_1, bus_space_write_2, bus_space_write_4, bus_space_write_8, bus_space_write_multi_1, bus_space_write_multi_2, bus_space_write_multi_4, bus_space_write_multi_8, bus_space_write_raw_multi_2, bus_space_write_raw_multi_4, bus_space_write_raw_multi_8, bus_space_write_region_1, bus_space_write_region_2, bus_space_write_region_4, bus_space_write_region_8, bus_space_write_raw_region_2, bus_space_write_raw_region_4, bus_space_write_raw_region_8 (9) - bus space manipulation functions
bussw (4/MVME88K) - BusSwitch local peripheral bus interface
bzero (3) - write zeroes to a byte string
canfield, cfscores (6) - the solitaire card game canfield
cap_mkdb (1) - create capability database
cas (4) - Sun Cassini 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device
ccdconfig (8) - configuration utility for the concatenated disk driver
cdio (1) - compact disc control utility
cgeight (4/SPARC) - 24-bit color frame buffer
cgetent, cgetset, cgetmatch, cgetcap, cgetnum, cgetstr, cgetustr, cgetfirst, cgetnext, cgetclose, cgetusedb (3) - capability database access routines
cgfour (4/SPARC) - 8-bit color frame buffer
cgfourteen (4/SPARC) - accelerated 8/24-bit color frame buffer
cgsix (4/SPARC) - accelerated 8-bit color frame buffer
cgsix (4/SPARC64) - accelerated 8-bit color frame buffer
cgthree (4/SPARC) - 8-bit color frame buffer
cgthree (4/SPARC64) - 8-bit color frame buffer
cgtwelve (4/SPARC) - accelerated 24-bit color frame buffer
cgtwelve (4/SPARC64) - accelerated 24-bit color frame buffer
cgtwo (4/SPARC) - 8-bit color frame buffer
charnames (3p) - define character names for "\N{named}" string literal escapes
chat (8) - automated conversational script with a modem
chio (1) - medium changer control utility
ciphy (4) - Cicada/Vitesse CS82xx/VSC8211/VSC8601 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet PHY
cluck (3p) - warn of errors with stack backtrace (not exported by default)
cnw (4) - Xircom CreditCard Netwave wireless network device
confess (3p) - die of errors with stack backtrace
connect (2) - initiate a connection on a socket
copysign, copysignf, copysignl, ilogb, ilogbf, ilogbl, nextafter, nextafterf, scalbn, scalbnf, scalbnl (3) - functions for IEEE arithmetic
cpan (1) - easily interact with CPAN from the command line
cpu (4/AMD64) - Central Processing Unit
cpu (4/i386) - Central Processing Unit
csh (1) - a shell (command interpreter) with C-like syntax
csplit (1) - split files based on context
cvsbug (8) - send problem report (PR) about CVS to a central support site
d2i_X509_ALGOR, i2d_X509_ALGOR (3) - AlgorithmIdentifier functions.
daadio (4/SPARC) - MATRIX MD-DAADIO digital/analog, analog/digital, parallel I/O board
dbminit, dbmclose, fetch, store, delete, firstkey, nextkey (3) - database subroutines
delay (9) - busy wait for an interval
dense_base, inb, inl, inw, ioperm, map_memory, outb, outl, outw, readb, readl, readw, unmap_memory, writeb, writel, writew (2/Alpha) - Alpha devices I/O ports and memory access functions
des_read_password, des_read_2password, des_string_to_key, des_string_to_2key, des_read_pw_string, des_random_key, des_set_key, des_key_sched, des_ecb_encrypt, des_3ecb_encrypt, des_cbc_encrypt, des_3cbc_encrypt, des_pcbc_encrypt, des_cfb_encrypt, des_ofb_encrypt, des_cbc_cksum, des_quad_cksum, des_enc_read, des_enc_write, des_set_odd_parity, des_is_weak_key, crypt (3) - (non USA) DES encryption
des_read_password, des_read_2passwords, des_read_pw_string, des_read_pw (3) - Compatibility user interface functions
dig (1) - DNS lookup utility
disklabel (8) - read and write disk pack label
disklabel, readdisklabel, writedisklabel, setdisklabel, bounds_check_with_label (9) - disk label management routines
dl_iterate_phdr (3) - iterate over program headers
drand48, erand48, lrand48, nrand48, mrand48, jrand48, srand48, seed48, lcong48 (3) - pseudo-random number generators and initialization routines
dsa (3) - Digital Signature Algorithm
ecadc (4/SPARC64) - Environmental Monitoring Subsystem temperature sensor
ecdsa (3) - Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm
echo (1) - write arguments to the standard output
ed (1) - text editor
editline, el_init, el_end, el_reset, el_gets, el_getc, el_push, el_parse, el_set, el_get, el_source, el_resize, el_line, el_insertstr, el_deletestr, history_init, history_end, history (3) - line editor and history functions
editmap (8) - query and edit records in database maps for sendmail
editrc (5) - configuration file for editline library
edquota (8) - edit user quotas
elansc (4/i386) - AMD Elan SC520 System Controller with watchdog timer and GPIO
em (4) - Intel PRO/1000 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device
encoding (3p) - allows you to write your script in non-ascii or non-utf8
encoding::warnings (3p) - Warn on implicit encoding conversions
et (4) - Agere/LSI ET1310 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device
etphy (4) - Agere/LSI ET1011 TruePHY Gigabit Ethernet PHY
evdns_init, evdns_shutdown, evdns_err_to_string, evdns_nameserver_add, evdns_count_nameservers, evdns_clear_nameservers_and_suspend, evdns_resume, evdns_nameserver_ip_add, evdns_resolve_ipv4, evdns_resolve_reverse, evdns_resolv_conf_parse, evdns_search_clear, evdns_search_add, evdns_search_ndots_set, evdns_set_log_fn (3) - asynchronous functions for DNS resolution
event_init, event_dispatch, event_loop, event_loopexit, event_set, event_base_dispatch, event_base_loop, event_base_loopexit, event_base_set, event_base_free, event_add, event_del, event_once, event_base_once, event_pending, event_initialized, event_priority_init, event_priority_set, evtimer_set, evtimer_add, evtimer_del, evtimer_pending, evtimer_initialized, signal_set, signal_add, signal_del, signal_pending, signal_initialized, bufferevent_new, bufferevent_free, bufferevent_write, bufferevent_write_buffer, bufferevent_read, bufferevent_enable, bufferevent_disable, bufferevent_settimeout, bufferevent_base_set, evbuffer_new, evbuffer_free, evbuffer_add, evbuffer_add_buffer, evbuffer_add_printf, evbuffer_add_vprintf, evbuffer_drain, evbuffer_write, evbuffer_read, evbuffer_find, evbuffer_readline (3) - execute a function when a specific event occurs
ex, vi, view (1) - text editor
exit, _Exit (3) - perform normal program termination
exp, expf, exp2, exp2f, exp2l, expm1, expm1f, log, logf, log10, log10f, log1p, log1pf, pow, powf (3) - exponential, logarithm, power functions
faith (4) - IPv6-to-IPv4 TCP relay capturing interface
faithd (8) - FAITH IPv6/v4 translator daemon
fcu (4/MacPPC) - Apple Fan Control Unit sensor device
fdisk (8) - MBR partition maintenance program
fflagstostr, strtofflags (3) - convert between file flag bits and their string names
ffs (3) - find first bit set in a bit string
fgetpos, fseek, fseeko, fsetpos, ftell, ftello, rewind (3) - reposition a stream
files.conf (5) - rules base for the config utility
fmt_scaled, scan_scaled (3) - handle numbers with a human-readable scale
fold (1) - fold long lines for finite width output device
form_cursor (3) - position a form window cursor
form_field_userptr (3) - associate application data with a form field
form_post (3) - write or erase forms from associated subwindows
form_userptr (3) - associate application data with a form item
fpclassify, isfinite, isinf, isnan, isnormal, signbit (3) - classify a floating-point number
fread, fwrite (3) - binary stream input/output
frodo (4/HP300) - Apollo Utility Chip
fsdb (8) - FFS debugging/editing tool
fsplit (1) - split a multi-routine Fortran file into individual files
fsync (2) - synchronize a file's in-core state with that on disk
gem (4) - GEM 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device
genassym.cf (5) - assym.h definition file
genassym.sh (8) - emit an assym.h file
gentbi (4) - Driver for generic 1000BASE-X ten-bit interfaces
getcap (1) - capability database access utility
getdiskbyname (3) - get generic disk description by its name
getitimer, setitimer (2) - get/set value of interval timer
getmaxpartitions (3) - get the maximum number of partitions allowed per disk
getmode, setmode (3) - modify mode bits
getpriority, setpriority (2) - get/set program scheduling priority
getrawpartition (3) - get the system ``raw'' partition
getrlimit, setrlimit (2) - control maximum system resource consumption
glxpcib (4/i386) - AMD CS5536 PCI-ISA bridge with timecounter, watchdog timer, and GPIO
glxsb (4/i386) - Geode LX Security Block crypto accelerator
gpioow (4) - 1-Wire bus bit-banging through GPIO pin
grdc (6) - grand digital clock (curses)
grotty (1) - groff driver for typewriter-like devices
gscpcib (4/i386) - National Semiconductor Geode SC1100 PCI-ISA bridge with GPIO
gss_accept_sec_context, gss_acquire_cred, gss_add_cred, gss_add_oid_set_member, gss_canonicalize_name, gss_compare_name, gss_context_time, gss_create_empty_oid_set, gss_delete_sec_context, gss_display_name, gss_display_status, gss_duplicate_name, gss_export_name, gss_export_sec_context, gss_get_mic, gss_import_name, gss_import_sec_context, gss_indicate_mechs, gss_init_sec_context, gss_inquire_context, gss_inquire_cred, gss_inquire_cred_by_mech, gss_inquire_mechs_for_name, gss_inquire_names_for_mech, gss_krb5_ccache_name, gss_krb5_compat_des3_mic, gss_krb5_copy_ccache, gsskrb5_extract_authz_data_from_sec_context, gss_krb5_get_tkt_flags, gss_process_context_token, gss_release_buffer, gss_release_cred, gss_release_name, gss_release_oid_set, gss_seal, gss_sign, gss_test_oid_set_member, gss_unseal, gss_unwrap, gss_verify, gss_verify_mic, gss_wrap, gss_wrap_size_limit (3) - Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
gssapi (3) - Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
gzsig (1) - gzip signing utility
hashinit (9) - kernel hashtable functions
host (1) - DNS lookup utility
hosts_access, hosts_ctl, request_init, request_set (3) - tcp wrapper access control library
hotplugd (8) - devices hot plugging monitor daemon
hpftodit (1) - create font description files for use with groff -Tlj4
i386_get_ioperm, i386_set_ioperm (2/i386) - manage i386 per-process I/O permission bitmap
icsphy (4) - Integrated Circuit Systems ICS189x 10/100 Ethernet PHY
id (1) - return user identity
ieee80211_ifattach, ieee80211_ifdetach, ieee80211_mhz2ieee, ieee80211_chan2ieee, ieee80211_ieee2mhz, ieee80211_media_init, ieee80211_media_change, ieee80211_media_status, ieee80211_watchdog, ieee80211_setmode, ieee80211_chan2mode, ieee80211_rate2media, ieee80211_media2rate, ieee80211_rate2plcp, ieee80211_plcp2rate (9) - core 802.11 network stack functions
ieee80211_node_attach, ieee80211_node_lateattach, ieee80211_node_detach, ieee80211_begin_scan, ieee80211_next_scan, ieee80211_create_ibss, ieee80211_end_scan, ieee80211_alloc_node, ieee80211_dup_bss, ieee80211_find_node, ieee80211_release_node, ieee80211_free_node, ieee80211_free_allnodes, ieee80211_iterate_nodes (9) - software 802.11 stack node management functions
ieee80211_radiotap (9) - software 802.11 stack packet capture definitions
if (3p) - "use" a Perl module if a condition holds
iha (4) - Initio INIC-940/950 based PCI SCSI interface
iic_acquire_bus, iic_release_bus, iic_exec, iic_smbus_write_byte, iic_smbus_read_byte, iic_smbus_receive_byte (9) - Inter IC (I2C) bus
inet6_opt_init, inet6_opt_append, inet6_opt_finish, inet6_opt_set_val, inet6_opt_next, inet6_opt_find, inet6_opt_get_val (3) - IPv6 Hop-by-Hop and Destination Options manipulation
inet6_option_space, inet6_option_init, inet6_option_append, inet6_option_alloc, inet6_option_next, inet6_option_find (3) - IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Option Manipulation
inet6_rth_space, inet6_rth_init, inet6_rth_add, inet6_rth_reverse, inet6_rth_segments, inet6_rth_getaddr (3) - IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
inet6_rthdr_space, inet6_rthdr_init, inet6_rthdr_add, inet6_rthdr_lasthop, inet6_rthdr_reverse, inet6_rthdr_segments, inet6_rthdr_getaddr, inet6_rthdr_getflags (3) - IPv6 Routing Header Options Manipulation
init (8) - process control initialization
initgroups (3) - initialize supplementary group IDs
initscr, newterm, endwin, isendwin, set_term, delscreen (3) - curses screen initialization and manipulation routines
inittodr (9) - initialize system time
installboot (8/AMD64) - installs a bootstrap on an FFS disk or partition
installboot (8/SPARC) - install a bootstrap on an FFS filesystem partition
installboot (8/SPARC64) - install a bootstrap on an FFS filesystem partition
installboot (8/i386) - installs a bootstrap on an FFS disk or partition
integer (3p) - Perl pragma to use integer arithmetic instead of floating point
intro (1) - introduction to general commands (tools and utilities)
ipcs (1) - report System V interprocess communication facilities status
ipgphy (4) - IC Plus IP1000A/IP1001 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet PHY
ipsec (4) - IP Security Protocol
isdigit (3) - decimal-digit character test
isspace (3) - whitespace character test
iswalnum, iswalpha, iswblank, iswcntrl, iswdigit, iswgraph, iswlower, iswprint, iswpunct, iswspace, iswupper, iswxdigit (3) - wide character classification utilities
isxdigit (3) - hexadecimal-digit character test
it (4) - ITE IT8705F/IT8712F/IT8716F/IT8718F/IT8720F/IT8726F and SiS SiS950 temperature, voltage, and fan sensor with watchdog timer
jme (4) - JMicron JMC250/JMC260 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device
jmphy (4) - JMicron JMP202/JMP211 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet PHY
kadmin (8) - Kerberos administration utility
keybound (3) - return definition of keycode
kgdb (7) - remote kernel debugging with gdb
kinit kauth (1) - acquire initial tickets
krb5_auth_con_addflags, krb5_auth_con_free, krb5_auth_con_genaddrs, krb5_auth_con_generatelocalsubkey, krb5_auth_con_getaddrs, krb5_auth_con_getauthenticator, krb5_auth_con_getflags, krb5_auth_con_getkey, krb5_auth_con_getlocalsubkey, krb5_auth_con_getrcache, krb5_auth_con_getremotesubkey, krb5_auth_con_getuserkey, krb5_auth_con_init, krb5_auth_con_initivector, krb5_auth_con_removeflags, krb5_auth_con_setaddrs, krb5_auth_con_setaddrs_from_fd, krb5_auth_con_setflags, krb5_auth_con_setivector, krb5_auth_con_setkey, krb5_auth_con_setlocalsubkey, krb5_auth_con_setrcache, krb5_auth_con_setremotesubkey, krb5_auth_con_setuserkey, krb5_auth_context, krb5_auth_getcksumtype, krb5_auth_getkeytype, krb5_auth_getlocalseqnumber, krb5_auth_getremoteseqnumber, krb5_auth_setcksumtype, krb5_auth_setkeytype, krb5_auth_setlocalseqnumber, krb5_auth_setremoteseqnumber, krb5_free_authenticator (3) - manage authentication on connection level
krb5_ccache, krb5_cc_cursor, krb5_cc_ops, krb5_fcc_ops, krb5_mcc_ops, krb5_cc_clear_mcred, krb5_cc_close, krb5_cc_copy_cache, krb5_cc_default, krb5_cc_default_name, krb5_cc_destroy, krb5_cc_end_seq_get, krb5_cc_gen_new, krb5_cc_get_name, krb5_cc_get_ops, krb5_cc_get_prefix_ops, krb5_cc_get_principal, krb5_cc_get_type, krb5_cc_get_version, krb5_cc_initialize, krb5_cc_next_cred, krb5_cc_next_cred_match, krb5_cc_new_unique, krb5_cc_register, krb5_cc_remove_cred, krb5_cc_resolve, krb5_cc_retrieve_cred, krb5_cc_set_default_name, krb5_cc_set_flags, krb5_cc_store_cred (3) - manage credential cache
krb5_check_transited, krb5_check_transited_realms, krb5_domain_x500_decode, krb5_domain_x500_encode (3) - realm transit verification and encoding/decoding functions
krb5_context, krb5_init_context, krb5_free_context, krb5_init_ets, krb5_add_et_list, krb5_add_extra_addresses, krb5_add_ignore_addresses, krb5_get_extra_addresses, krb5_get_ignore_addresses, krb5_set_extra_addresses, krb5_set_ignore_addresses, krb5_set_fcache_version, krb5_get_fcache_version, krb5_set_config_files, krb5_prepend_config_files, krb5_prepend_config_files_default, krb5_get_default_config_files, krb5_free_config_files, krb5_set_use_admin_kdc, krb5_get_use_admin_kdc (3) - create, modify and delete krb5_context structures
krb5_crypto_destroy, krb5_crypto_init (3) - encryption support in krb5
krb5_get_credentials, krb5_get_credentials_with_flags, krb5_get_cred_from_kdc, krb5_get_cred_from_kdc_opt, krb5_get_kdc_cred (3) - get credentials from the KDC using krbtgt
krb5_get_in_tkt, krb5_get_in_cred, krb5_get_in_tkt_with_password, krb5_get_in_tkt_with_keytab, krb5_get_in_tkt_with_skey, krb5_free_kdc_rep, krb5_password_key_proc (3) - deprecated initial authentication functions
krb5_get_init_creds, krb5_get_init_creds_keytab, krb5_get_init_creds_opt, krb5_get_init_creds_opt_alloc, krb5_get_init_creds_opt_free, krb5_get_init_creds_opt_init, krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_address_list, krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_anonymous, krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_default_flags, krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_etype_list, krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_forwardable, krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_pa_password, krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_paq_request, krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_preauth_list, krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_proxiable, krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_renew_life, krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_salt, krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_tkt_life, krb5_get_init_creds_password, krb5_prompt, krb5_prompter_posix (3) - Kerberos 5 initial authentication functions
krb5_initlog, krb5_openlog, krb5_closelog, krb5_addlog_dest, krb5_addlog_func, krb5_log, krb5_vlog, krb5_log_msg, krb5_vlog_msg (3) - Heimdal logging functions
krb5_is_thread_safe (3) - is the Kerberos library compiled with multithread support
krb5_keyblock, krb5_keyblock_get_enctype, krb5_copy_keyblock, krb5_copy_keyblock_contents, krb5_free_keyblock, krb5_free_keyblock_contents, krb5_generate_random_keyblock, krb5_generate_subkey, krb5_generate_subkey_extended, krb5_keyblock_init, krb5_keyblock_zero, krb5_random_to_key (3) - Kerberos 5 key handling functions
krb5_krbhst_init, krb5_krbhst_init_flags, krb5_krbhst_next, krb5_krbhst_next_as_string, krb5_krbhst_reset, krb5_krbhst_free, krb5_krbhst_format_string, krb5_krbhst_get_addrinfo (3) - lookup Kerberos KDC hosts
krb5_kuserok (3) - checks if a principal is permitted to login as a user
krb5_mk_safe, krb5_mk_priv (3) - generates integrity protected and/or encrypted messages
krb5_pwcheck, kadm5_setup_passwd_quality_check, kadm5_add_passwd_quality_verifier, kadm5_check_password_quality (3) - Heimdal warning and error functions
krb5_rcache, krb5_rc_close, krb5_rc_default, krb5_rc_default_name, krb5_rc_default_type, krb5_rc_destroy, krb5_rc_expunge, krb5_rc_get_lifespan, krb5_rc_get_name, krb5_rc_get_type, krb5_rc_initialize, krb5_rc_recover, krb5_rc_resolve, krb5_rc_resolve_full, krb5_rc_resolve_type, krb5_rc_store, krb5_get_server_rcache (3) - Kerberos 5 replay cache
krb5_rd_safe, krb5_rd_priv (3) - verifies authenticity of messages
krb5_storage, krb5_storage_emem, krb5_storage_from_data, krb5_storage_from_fd, krb5_storage_from_mem, krb5_storage_set_flags, krb5_storage_clear_flags, krb5_storage_is_flags, krb5_storage_set_byteorder, krb5_storage_get_byteorder, krb5_storage_set_eof_code, krb5_storage_seek, krb5_storage_read, krb5_storage_write, krb5_storage_free, krb5_storage_to_data, krb5_store_int32, krb5_ret_int32, krb5_store_int16, krb5_ret_int16, krb5_store_int8, krb5_ret_int8, krb5_store_data, krb5_ret_data, krb5_store_string, krb5_ret_string, krb5_store_stringz, krb5_ret_stringz, krb5_store_principal, krb5_ret_principal, krb5_store_keyblock, krb5_ret_keyblock, krb5_store_times, krb5_ret_times, krb5_store_address, krb5_ret_address, krb5_store_addrs, krb5_ret_addrs, krb5_store_authdata, krb5_ret_authdata, krb5_store_creds, krb5_ret_creds (3) - operates on the Kerberos datatype krb5_storage
krb5_verify_init_creds_opt_init, krb5_verify_init_creds_opt_set_ap_req_nofail, krb5_verify_init_creds (3) - verifies a credential cache is correct by using a local keytab
krb5_verify_user, krb5_verify_user_lrealm, krb5_verify_user_opt, krb5_verify_opt_initkrb5_verify_opt_set_ccache, krb5_verify_opt_set_flags, krb5_verify_opt_set_service, krb5_verify_opt_set_secure, krb5_verify_opt_set_keytab (3) - Heimdal password verifying functions
kthread_create, kthread_exit, kthread_create_deferred (9) - kernel threads
kvm_open, kvm_openfiles, kvm_close (3) - initialize kernel virtual memory access
kvm_read, kvm_write (3) - read or write kernel virtual memory
ld.so (1) - run-time link-editor
lge (4) - Level 1 LXT1001 NetCellerator PCI Gigabit Ethernet device
link (5) - dynamic loader and link editor interface
lms (4/i386) - Logitech-style bus mouse driver
lock, simple_lock_init, simple_lock, simple_lock_try, simple_unlock, lockinit, lockmgr, lockstatus, lockmgr_printinfo (9) - kernel lock functions
login, logout, logwtmp (3) - login utility functions
login.conf (5) - login class capability database
login_fbtab (3) - implement device security based on /etc/fbtab
login_tis (8) - provide TIS Firewall Toolkit authentication type
look (1) - display lines beginning with a given string
lseek (2) - reposition read/write file offset
mbsinit (3) - determines whether the state object is in initial state
mcd (4/i386) - Mitsumi CD-ROM driver
mdoc.samples (7) - tutorial sampler for writing OpenBSD manuals with -mdoc
memconfig (8) - control system cache behaviour with respect to memory
memset (3) - write a byte to byte string
menu_cursor (3) - position a menu's cursor
menu_items (3) - make and break connections between items and menus
menu_post (3) - write or erase menus from associated subwindows
menu_spacing (3) - Control spacing between menu items.
menu_userptr (3) - associate application data with a menu item
mg (1) - emacs-like text editor
mgx (4/SPARC) - SMS MGX and MGXPlus accelerated 8/24-bit color frame buffers
mgx (4/SPARC64) - SMS MGX and MGXPlus accelerated 8/24-bit color frame buffers
mi_switch, cpu_switchto (9) - switch to another process context
minherit (2) - control the inheritance of pages
mio_open, mio_close, mio_read, mio_write, mio_nfds, mio_pollfd, mio_revents, mio_eof (3) - interface to MIDI streams
mitem_current (3) - set and get current_menu_item
mitem_name (3) - get menu item name and description fields
mitem_new (3) - create and destroy menu items
mitem_opts (3) - set and get menu item options
mitem_userptr (3) - associate application data with a menu item
mitem_value (3) - set and get menu item values
mitem_visible (3) - check visibility of a menu item
mkhybrid (8) - create an hybrid ISO9660/JOLIET/HFS filesystem with optional Rock Ridge attributes.
mksuncd (1) - add a bootable UFS partition to a filesystem image
mopchk (1) - MOP check utility
mopprobe (1) - MOP Probe Utility
moptrace (1) - MOP Trace Utility
msk, mskc (4) - Marvell Yukon-2 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device
mtd (4) - Myson Technology MTD800/MTD803/MTD891 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device
mutex, mtx_init, mtx_enter, mtx_enter_try, mtx_leave (9) - interface to CPU mutexes
named-checkzone, named-compilezone (8) - zone file validity checking or converting tool
namei, lookup, relookup, NDINIT (9) - pathname lookup
nc (1) - arbitrary TCP and UDP connections and listens
netintro (4) - introduction to networking facilities
nfe (4) - NVIDIA nForce MCP 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device
nge (4) - National Semiconductor PCI 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device
nice (1) - execute a utility with an altered scheduling priority
nice (3) - change process scheduling priority
nologin (8) - politely refuse a login
nroff (1) - emulate nroff command with groff
nsclpcsio (4) - National Semiconductor PC87366 LPC Super I/O with GPIO
nsgphy (4) - National Semiconductor DP83891/DP83861/DP83865 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet PHY
nsupdate (8) - Dynamic DNS update utility
ocurses (3) - screen functions with ``optimal'' cursor motion
ohash_init, ohash_delete, ohash_lookup_interval, ohash_lookup_memory, ohash_find, ohash_remove, ohash_insert, ohash_first, ohash_next, ohash_entries (3) - light-weight open hashing
open (2) - open or create a file for reading or writing
opendisk (3) - open a disk's ``raw'' partition
openpty, login_tty, forkpty (3) - tty utility functions
operator (7) - C operator precedence and associativity
overlay, overwrite, copywin (3) - overlay and manipulate overlapped curses windows
owsbm (4) - 1-Wire smart battery monitor device
pax (1) - read and write file archives and copy directory hierarchies
pci_make_tag, pci_decompose_tag, pci_conf_read, pci_conf_write (9) - PCI config space manipulation functions
pdisk (8) - HFS(DPME) partition maintenance program
perlbug (1) - how to submit bug reports on Perl
perlcommunity (1) - a brief overview of the Perl community
perlport (1) - Writing portable Perl
perlpragma (1) - how to write a user pragma
perlsec (1) - Perl security
perlunitut (1) - Perl Unicode Tutorial
perlutil (1) - utilities packaged with the Perl distribution
perlxstut (1) - Tutorial for writing XSUBs
perror (3) - write error messages to standard error
physio (9) - initiate I/O on raw devices
pidfile (3) - write a daemon pid file
pninek (4/SPARC) - Weitek Power9000 accelerated frame buffer
pnozz (4/SPARC) - Weitek Power9100 accelerated frame buffer
pool_init, pool_destroy, pool_get, pool_put, pool_prime, pool_setipl, pool_sethiwat, pool_setlowat, pool_sethardlimit (9) - resource-pool manager
power (4/LANDISK) - power switch
ppsratecheck (9) - function to help implement rate-limited actions
printcap (5) - printer capability database
psed (1) - a stream editor
pthread_attr_init, pthread_attr_destroy (3) - initialise and destroy threads attribute object
pthread_cleanup_push (3) - add a cleanup function for thread exit
pthread_cond_broadcast (3) - unblock all threads waiting for a condition variable
pthread_cond_destroy (3) - destroy a condition variable
pthread_cond_init (3) - create a condition variable
pthread_cond_signal (3) - unblock a thread waiting for a condition variable
pthread_cond_timedwait (3) - wait on a condition variable for a specific amount of time
pthread_cond_wait (3) - wait on a condition variable
pthread_exit (3) - terminate the calling thread
pthread_join (3) - wait for thread termination
pthread_mutex_init (3) - create a mutex
pthread_mutex_trylock (3) - attempt to lock a mutex without blocking
pthread_mutexattr_init, pthread_mutexattr_destroy, pthread_mutexattr_setprioceiling, pthread_mutexattr_getprioceiling, pthread_mutexattr_setprotocol, pthread_mutexattr_getprotocol, pthread_mutexattr_settype, pthread_mutexattr_gettype (3) - mutex attribute operations
pthread_once (3) - dynamic package initialization
pthread_rwlock_destroy (3) - destroy a read/write lock
pthread_rwlock_init (3) - initialize a read/write lock
pthread_rwlock_rdlock, pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock (3) - acquire a read/write lock for reading
pthread_rwlock_unlock (3) - release a read/write lock
pthread_rwlock_wrlock, pthread_rwlock_trywrlock (3) - acquire a read/write lock for writing
pthread_rwlockattr_destroy (3) - destroy a read/write lock
pthread_rwlockattr_init (3) - initialize a read/write lock
pthread_setcancelstate, pthread_setcanceltype, pthread_testcancel (3) - set cancelability state
pthread_single_np, pthread_multi_np (3) - switch thread scheduling mode
pw_init, pw_setdir, pw_file, pw_edit, pw_prompt, pw_copy, pw_scan, pw_error (3) - utility functions for interactive passwd file updates
qsphy (4) - Quality Semiconductor QS6612 10/100 Ethernet PHY
quota (1) - display disk usage and limits
raidctl (8) - configuration utility for the RAIDframe disk driver
random, srandom, srandomdev, initstate, setstate (3) - better random number generator; routines for changing generators
rasops, rasops_init, rasops_reconfig (9) - raster display operations
ratecheck (9) - function to help implement rate-limited actions
rcmdsh (3) - return a stream to a remote command without superuser
re (4) - RealTek 8139C+/8169/816xS/811xS/8168/810xE 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device
readline (3) - get a line from a user with editing
renice (8) - alter priority of running processes
res_query, res_search, res_mkquery, res_send, res_init, dn_comp, dn_expand (3) - resolver routines
restore (8) - restore files or file systems from backups made with dump
rfx (4/SPARC) - Vitec/Connectware/AP&D RasterFlex framebuffer series
rfx (4/SPARC64) - Vitec/Connectware/AP&D RasterFlex framebuffer series
rgephy (4) - Realtek 8169S/8110S/8211B/8211C 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet PHY
rndc (8) - name server control utility
rotatelogs (8) - rotate Apache logs without having to kill the server
rpc.statd (8) - host status monitoring daemon
rtsold (8) - router solicitation daemon
rwalld, rpc.rwalld (8) - write messages to users currently logged in server
rwlock, rw_init, rw_enter, rw_exit, rw_enter_read, rw_enter_write, rw_exit_read, rw_exit_write (9) - interface to read/write locks
scan_ffs (8) - find UFS/FFS partitions on a disk
scr_dump, scr_restore, scr_init, scr_set (3) - read (write) a curses screen from (to) a file
scsi (8) - program to assist with SCSI devices
sectok (1) - communicate with smartcards using iso7816
sectok (3) - library for communicating with ISO 7816 smartcards
securelevel (7) - securelevel and its effects
security (8) - periodic system security check
sed (1) - stream editor
sem_init (3) - initialize an unnamed semaphore
sem_wait, sem_trywait (3) - decrement (lock) a semaphore
sensorsd (8) - hardware sensors monitor
setproctitle (3) - set process title
sgivol (8/SGI) - initialise and manipulate SGI disk volume headers
sigaction (2) - software signal facilities
signal (3) - simplified software signal facilities
sigpause (3) - atomically release blocked signals and wait for interrupt
sigsuspend (2) - atomically release blocked signals and wait for interrupt
sigvec (3) - software signal facilities
sigwait (3) - synchronously accept a signal
sio_open, sio_close, sio_setpar, sio_getpar, sio_getcap, sio_start, sio_stop, sio_read, sio_write, sio_onmove, sio_nfds, sio_pollfd, sio_revents, sio_eof, sio_setvol, sio_onvol, sio_initpar (3) - interface to bidirectional audio streams
sk, skc (4) - SysKonnect XMAC II and Marvell Yukon 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device
skeyaudit (1) - warn users if their S/Key will soon expire
skeyinit (1) - change password or add user to S/Key authentication system
slk_init, slk_set, slk_refresh, slk_noutrefresh, slk_label, slk_clear, slk_restore, slk_touch, slk_attron, slk_attrset, slk_attroff, slk_attr_on, slk_attr_set, slk_attr_off, slk_attr, slk_color (3) - curses soft label routines
smu (4/MacPPC) - Apple System Management Unit
spamlogd (8) - spamd whitelist updating daemon
spc (4/Luna88K) - Fujitsu MB87030/MB89352 SCSI device
spl (9) - modify system interrupt priority level
split (1) - split a file into pieces
ssh-add (1) - adds RSA or DSA identities to the authentication agent
start_color, init_pair, init_color, has_colors, can_change_color, color_content, pair_content, COLOR_PAIR (3) - curses color manipulation routines
stge (4) - Sundance/Tamarack TC9021 Gigabit Ethernet device
su (1) - substitute user identity
sudo, sudoedit (8) - execute a command as another user
suexec (8) - switch user for Apache CGI execution
sync (2) - synchronize disk block in-core status with that on disk
sync (8) - force completion of pending disk writes (flush cache)
sysarch (2) - architecture-dependent system call
sysexits (3) - preferable exit codes for programs
systrace_redirect, systrace_fork, systrace_exit (9) - enforce policies for system calls
tc_init (9) - machine-independent binary timescale
tcpd (8) - tcp wrappers access control facility for internet services
tcx (4/SPARC) - accelerated 8/24-bit color frame buffer
tee (1) - pipe fitting
termcap (5) - terminal capability database
terminfo (5) - terminal capability data base
test (1) - condition evaluation utility
tfmtodit (1) - create font files for use with groff -Tdvi
tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum, tgetstr, tgoto, tputs (3) - direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database
ti (4) - Alteon Networks Tigon I and II Gigabit Ethernet device
timeout_set, timeout_add, timeout_add_sec, timeout_add_msec, timeout_add_nsec, timeout_add_usec, timeout_add_tv, timeout_add_ts, timeout_add_bt, timeout_del, timeout_pending, timeout_initialized, timeout_triggered (9) - execute a function after a specified period of time
toascii (3) - convert a byte to 7-bit ASCII
towctrans (3) - convert a wide character with a specified map
towlower (3) - wide character case letter conversion utilities
tput (1) - terminal capability interface
trpt (8) - transliterate protocol trace
trunc, truncf (3) - nearest integral value with magnitude less than or equal to |x|
tsec (4/SOCPPC) - three-speed 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device
tset (1) - terminal initialization
ttys (5) - terminal initialization information
tvtwo (4/SPARC) - accelerated 24-bit color frame buffer
tvtwo (4/SPARC64) - accelerated 24-bit color frame buffer
tzset (3) - initialize time conversion information
uipaq (4) - iPAQ USB units
unctrl, keyname, filter, use_env, putwin, getwin, delay_output, flushinp (3) - miscellaneous curses utility routines
unifdef (1) - remove preprocessor conditionals from code
units (1) - conversion program
usbhid, hid_get_report_desc, hid_use_report_desc, hid_dispose_report_desc, hid_start_parse, hid_end_parse, hid_get_item, hid_report_size, hid_locate, hid_usage_page, hid_usage_in_page, hid_parse_usage_page, hid_parse_usage_in_page, hid_start, hid_init, hid_get_data, hid_set_data (3) - USB HID access routines
vge (4) - VIA VT6122 PCI 10/100/Gigabit Ethernet device
vgrindefs (5) - language definition database for vgrind(1)
viaenv (4) - VIA VT82C686A/VT8231 hardware monitor
vigra (4/SPARC) - 8-bit SBus color frame buffer with VGA-compatible modes
vigra (4/SPARC64) - 8-bit SBus color frame buffer with VGA-compatible modes
vinvalbuf (9) - flush and invalidate all buffers associated with a vnode
vipw (8) - edit the password file
visudo (8) - edit the sudoers file
vmstat (8) - report statistics about kernel activities
vnsubr, vn_close, vn_default_error, vn_isunder, vn_lock, vn_marktext, vn_rdwr, vn_open, vn_stat, vn_writechk (9) - high-level convenience functions for vnode operations
vput (9) - decrement the reference count for a vnode and unlock it
vrecycle (9) - recycle a vnode if its reference count is zero
vwaitforio (9) - wait for all outstanding asynchronous writes
wait, waitpid, wait4, wait3 (2) - wait for process termination
wall (1) - write a message to users
wcstok (3) - split wide-character string into tokens
we (4) - Western Digital/SMC WD80x3, SMC Elite Ultra, and SMC EtherEZ Ethernet device
write (1) - send a message to another user
write, writev, pwrite, pwritev (2) - write output
wsfontload (8) - load a font bitmap into a wscons display device
xargs (1) - construct argument list(s) and execute utility
xe (4) - Xircom-based 16-bit PCMCIA 10/100 Ethernet device
xmphy (4) - XaQti XMAC-II Gigabit Ethernet PHY
yes (1) - be repetitively affirmative
ypinit (8) - create a YP server (master or slave)
zx (4/SPARC) - accelerated 24-bit color frame buffer
zx (4/SPARC64) - accelerated 24-bit color frame buffer
""Business::CreditCard"" (3p) - Validate/generate credit card checksums/names
"Why is it that we entertain the belief that for every purpose odd numbers are the most effectual?" (1) - Pliny the Elder.
1) get and set methods for simple attributes can be automatically generated 2) argument lists are handled as described below 3) the protocol for object creation and initialization is close to the textbook approach generally suggested for object (3p) -oriented Perl (see below) 4) object initialization is handled correctly in the presence of multiple inheritance @AUTO_ATTRIBUTES is a list of attribute names: get and set methods are created for each attribute. By default, the name of the method is identical to the attribute (but see $CASE below). Values of attributes can be set via the new constructor, %DEFAULTS, or the set method as discussed below. @CLASS_ATTRIBUTES is a list of class attributes: get and set methods are created for each attribute. By default, the name of the method is identical to the attribute (but see $CASE below). Values of attributes can be set via the new constructor, %DEFAULTS (initialized at "declare time" (when the declare function is called) versus instance attributes, which are of course initialized at runtime), standard class variable access syntax ($PackageName::AttributeName), or the set method as discussed below. Normal inheritance rules apply to class attributes (but of course, instances of the same class share the same class variable). @OTHER_ATTRIBUTES is a list of attributes for which get and set methods are NOT generated, but whose values can be set via the new constructor or the set method as discussed below. %SYNONYMS is a hash that defines synonyms for attribues. Each entry is of the form new_attribute_name=>old_attribute_name. get and set methods are generated for the new names; these methods simply call the method for the old name. %DEFAULTS is a hash that defines default values for attributes. Each entry is of the form attribute_name=>default_value. get and set methods are generated for each attributes. $CASE controls whether additional methods are generated with all upper or all lower case names. It should be a string containing the strings upper or lower (case insenstive) if the desired case is desired. The declare function actually generates the method. This should be called once and no where else. AutoClass must be the first class in @ISA !! As usual, you create objects by calling new. Since AutoClass is the first class in @ISA, its new method is the one thats called. AutoClasss new examines the rest of @ISA and searches for a superclass that is capable of creating the object. If no such superclass is found, AutoClass creates the object itself. Once the object is created, AutoClass arranges to have all subclasses run their initialization methods (_init_self) in a top-down order. We support positional and keyword argument lists, but we strongly urge that each method pick one form or the other, as the combination is inherently ambiguous (see below).
=head1 KNOWN BUGS AND CAVEATS This is still a work in progress. =head2 Bugs, Caveats, and ToDos 1) There is no way to manipulate the arguments that are sent to the real base class. There should be a way to specify a subroutine that reformats these if needed. 2) DESTROY not handled 3) Autogeneration of methods is hand crafted. It may be better to use Class::MakeMethods or Damian Conways Multimethod class for doing signature (3p) -based method dispatch 4) Caveat: In order to specify that a class that uses AutoClass should return undef (versus an uninitialized (but blessed) object), one need to set: $self->{_|_NULLIFY_|_}=1;
@msgs = $imap (3p) ->search("SUBJECT","Virus"); # returns 1,3,4,5,6,9,10 my $msgset = Mail::IMAPClient::MessageSet->new(@msgs); print "$msgset\en"; # prints "1,3:6,9:10\en" # add message 14 to the set: $msgset += 14; print "$msgset\en"; # prints "1,3:6,9:10,14\en" # add messages 16,17,18,19, and 20 to the set: $msgset .= "16,17,18:20"; print "$msgset\en"; # prints "1,3:6,9:10,14,16:20\en" # Hey, I didnt really want message 17 in there; lets take it out: $msgset -= 17; print "$msgset\en"; # prints "1,3:6,9:10,14,16,18:20\en" # Now lets iterate over each message: for my $msg (@$msgset) { print "$msg\en"; } # Prints: "1\en3\en4\en5\en6\en9\en10\en14\en16\en18\en19\en20"
A (3p) - class has zero or more method modifiers. These modifiers can apply to its own methods or methods that are inherited from its ancestors.
A (3p) - class has zero or more superclasses (aka parent classes). A class inherits from its superclass(es).
ALPHA (3p) - WARNING: this code is currently in its Alpha release. Things may change drastically until the interface is hammered out: if you have suggestions or objections, please speak up now!
ALTER AGGREGATE (7) - change the definition of an aggregate function
ALTER CONVERSION (7) - change the definition of a conversion
ALTER DOMAIN (7) - change the definition of a domain
ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER (7) - change the definition of a foreign-data wrapper
ALTER FUNCTION (7) - change the definition of a function
ALTER INDEX (7) - change the definition of an index
ALTER LANGUAGE (7) - change the definition of a procedural language
ALTER OPERATOR (7) - change the definition of an operator
ALTER OPERATOR CLASS (7) - change the definition of an operator class
ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY (7) - change the definition of an operator family
ALTER SCHEMA (7) - change the definition of a schema
ALTER SEQUENCE (7) - change the definition of a sequence generator
ALTER SERVER (7) - change the definition of a foreign server
ALTER TABLE (7) - change the definition of a table
ALTER TABLESPACE (7) - change the definition of a tablespace
ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION (7) - change the definition of a text search configuration
ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY (7) - change the definition of a text search dictionary
ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER (7) - change the definition of a text search parser
ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE (7) - change the definition of a text search template
ALTER TRIGGER (7) - change the definition of a trigger
ALTER TYPE (7) - change the definition of a type
ALTER USER MAPPING (7) - change the definition of a user mapping
ALTER VIEW (7) - change the definition of a view
Ace::Browser::SiteDefs (3p) - Access to AceBrowser configuration files
Ace::Iterator (3p) - Iterate Across an ACEDB Query
Algorithm::C3 (3p) - A module for merging hierarchies using the C3 algorithm
Algorithm::Diff (3p) - Compute `intelligent' differences between two files / lists
Algorithm::DiffOld (3p) - Compute `intelligent' differences between two files / lists but use the old (<=0.59) interface.
Algorithm::MarkovChain (3p) - Object oriented Markov chain generator
Algorithm::Permute (3p) - Handy and fast permutation with object oriented interface
Alternatively you can do this with the environment variable too: (3p) -
An (3p) - attribute may also define delegations, which will create additional methods based on the delegation mapping.
An (3p) - excluded role is a role that the role doing the excluding says it cannot be combined with.
An (3p) - instance has values for its attributes. For example, a specific person has a first and last name.
AnyEvent::Debug (3p) - debugging utilities for AnyEvent
AnyEvent::EditText (3p) - An easy way to startup a text editor
AnyEvent::HTTPD::Util (3p) - Utility functions for AnyEvent::HTTPD
AnyEvent::Impl::Perl (3p) - Pure-Perl event loop and AnyEvent adaptor for itself
AnyEvent::MPRPC::Lite::CondVar (3p) - Condvar object used in AnyEvent::MPRPC::Lite::Server
AnyEvent::Util (3p) - various utility functions.
Apache::ASP (3p) - Active Server Pages for Apache with mod_perl
Apache::Debug (3p) - Utilities for debugging embedded perl code
Apache::Include (3p) - Utilities for mod_perl/mod_include integration
Apache::PerlSections (3p) - Utilities for work with <Perl> sections
Apache::RPC::Status (3p) - A status monitor similar to Apache::Status for RPC
Apache::Request (3p) - Methods for dealing with client request data
Apache::Resource (3p) - Limit resources used by httpd children
Apache::SIG (3p) - Override apache signal handlers with Perl's
Apache::SOAP (3p) - mod_perl-based SOAP server with minimum configuration
Apache::SizeLimit (3p) - Because size does matter.
Apache::Test (3p) - Test.pm wrapper with helpers for testing Apache
Apache::TestRun (3p) - Run the test suite
Apache::TestRunPHP (3p) - configure and run a PHP-based test suite
Apache::TestRunPerl (3p) - Run mod_perl-requiring Test Suite
Apache::TestUtil (3p) - Utility functions for writing tests
Apache::XMLRPC::Lite (3p) - mod_perl-based XML-RPC server with minimum configuration
Apache::src (3p) - Methods for locating and parsing bits of Apache source code
Apache::testold (3p) - Facilitates testing of Apache::* modules
App::Info::RDBMS::SQLite (3p) - Information about SQLite
App::Info::Util (3p) - Utility class for App::Info subclasses
Astro::FITS::Header (3p) - Object Orientated interface to FITS HDUs
Astro::FITS::Header::AST (3p) - Manipulates FITS headers from an AST object
Astro::FITS::Header::CFITSIO (3p) - Manipulates FITS headers from a FITS file
Astro::FITS::Header::GSD (3p) - Manipulate FITS headers from GSD files
Astro::FITS::Header::Item (3p) - A card image from a FITS header
Astro::FITS::Header::NDF (3p) - Manipulate FITS headers from NDF files
Attributes (3p) - are not methods, but defining them causes various accessor methods to be created. At a minimum, a normal attribute will always have a reader accessor method. Many attributes also have other methods, such as a writer method, clearer method, and predicate method (``has it been set?'').
Audio::MPD::Common::Item (3p) - a generic collection item
Audio::MPD::Common::Item::Directory (3p) - a directory object
Audio::MPD::Common::Item::Playlist (3p) - a playlist object
Audio::MPD::Common::Item::Song (3p) - a song object with some audio tags
AutoClass (3p) - automatically initializes attributes and synonyms declared when the class is defined. If additional initialization is required, the class writer can provide an _init_self method. _init_self is called after all superclasses are initialized and after the automatic initialization for the class has been done.
AutoClass class provides a new method that expects a keyword argument list. This method processes the argument list as discussed in L<Argument Processing>: it figures out the syntactic form (list of keyword, value pairs, vs. ARRAY ref vs. HASH ref, etc.). It then converts the argument list into a canonical form, which is a list of keyword, value pairs with all keywords uppercased and de (3p) -dashed. Once the argument list is in this form, subsequent code treats it as a HASH ref.
AutoClass initializes attributes and synonyms by calling the set methods for these elements with the like-named parameter (3p) - it does not simply slam the parameter into a slot in the object''s HASH. This allows the class writer implement non-standard initialization within the set method.
AutoClass::new (3p) - initializes the object's class structure from top to bottom, and is careful to initialize each class exactly once even in the presence of multiple inheritance. The net effect is that objects are initialized top-down as expected; a subclass object can assume that all superior classes are initialized by the time subclass initialization occurs.
BSD::Resource (3p) - BSD process resource limit and priority functions
Bit::Vector (3p) - Efficient bit vector, set of integers and "big int" math library
Bit::Vector::Overload (3p) - Overloaded operators add-on for Bit::Vector
Bit::Vector::String (3p) - Generic string import/export for Bit::Vector
BitchX (1) - The Ultimate IRC Client
Blatte::HTML (3p) - tools for generating HTML with Blatte
Blatte::Ws (3p) - whitespace wrapper for Blatte objects
Bundle::Apache::ASP::Extra (3p) - Install modules that provide additional functionality to Apache::ASP
Bundle::PlRPC (3p) - A bundle to install PlRPC-Server, Client and prerequisites.
By (3p) - default, Moose stores attributes in the object instance, which is a hashref, but this is invisible to the author of a Moose-based class! It is best to think of Moose attributes as ``properties'' of the opaque object instance. These properties are accessed through well-defined accessor methods.
CBDSQR (3f) - the singular values and, optionally, the right and/or left singular vectors from the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B using the implicit zero-shift QR algorithm
CGBBRD (3f) - a complex general m-by-n band matrix A to real upper bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
CGBCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex general band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm,
CGBEQU (3f) - row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M-by-N band matrix A and reduce its condition number
CGBSV (3f) - the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is a band matrix of order N with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
CGBTF2 (3f) - an LU factorization of a complex m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
CGBTRF (3f) - an LU factorization of a complex m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
CGBTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B with a general band matrix A using the LU factorization computed by CGBTRF
CGEBD2 (3f) - a complex general m by n matrix A to upper or lower real bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
CGEBRD (3f) - a general complex M-by-N matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
CGECON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a general complex matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm, using the LU factorization computed by CGETRF
CGEEQU (3f) - row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M-by-N matrix A and reduce its condition number
CGEHD2 (3f) - a complex general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by a unitary similarity transformation
CGEHRD (3f) - a complex general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by an unitary similarity transformation
CGELS (3f) - overdetermined or underdetermined complex linear systems involving an M-by-N matrix A, or its conjugate-transpose, using a QR or LQ factorization of A
CGEQP3 (3f) - a QR factorization with column pivoting of a matrix A
CGESC2 (3f) - a system of linear equations A * X = scale* RHS with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization with complete pivoting computed by CGETC2
CGESDD (3f) - the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a complex M-by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors, by using divide-and-conquer method
CGESVD (3f) - the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a complex M-by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors
CGETF2 (3f) - an LU factorization of a general m-by-n matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
CGETRF (3f) - an LU factorization of a general M-by-N matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
CGETRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization computed by CGETRF
CGGHRD (3f) - a pair of complex matrices (A,B) to generalized upper Hessenberg form using unitary transformations, where A is a general matrix and B is upper triangular
CGGLSE (3f) - the linear equality-constrained least squares (LSE) problem
CGGSVD (3f) - the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of an M-by-N complex matrix A and P-by-N complex matrix B
CGGSVP (3f) - unitary matrices U, V and Q such that N-K-L K L U\(aq*A*Q = K ( 0 A12 A13 ) if M-K-L >= 0
CGI::FormBuilder::Source::File (3p) - Initialize FormBuilder from external file
CGI::FormBuilder::Template::TT2 (3p) - FormBuilder interface to Template Toolkit
CGI::FormBuilder::Util (3p) - Utility functions for FormBuilder
CGI::Lite (3p) - Process and decode WWW forms and cookies
CGI::Simple::Util (3p) - Internal utilities used by CGI::Simple module
CGTCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex tridiagonal matrix A using the LU factorization as computed by CGTTRF
CGTTRF (3f) - an LU factorization of a complex tridiagonal matrix A using elimination with partial pivoting and row interchanges
CHBEV (3f) - all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
CHBEVD (3f) - all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
CHBEVX (3f) - selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
CHBGST (3f) - a complex Hermitian-definite banded generalized eigenproblem A*x = lambda*B*x to standard form C*y = lambda*y,
CHBGV (3f) - all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
CHBGVD (3f) - all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
CHBGVX (3f) - all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
CHBTRD (3f) - a complex Hermitian band matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
CHECON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHETRF
CHEEV (3f) - all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
CHEEVD (3f) - all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
CHEEVR (3f) - selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
CHEEVX (3f) - selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
CHEGS2 (3f) - a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
CHEGST (3f) - a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
CHEGV (3f) - all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
CHEGVD (3f) - all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
CHEGVX (3f) - selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
CHER (3f) - perform the hermitian rank 1 operation A := alpha*x*conjg( x' ) + A,
CHER2 (3f) - perform the hermitian rank 2 operation A := alpha*x*conjg( y' ) + conjg( alpha )*y*conjg( x' ) + A,
CHER2K (3f) - perform one of the hermitian rank 2k operations C := alpha*A*conjg( B' ) + conjg( alpha )*B*conjg( A' ) + beta*C,
CHERFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CHERK (3f) - perform one of the hermitian rank k operations C := alpha*A*conjg( A' ) + beta*C,
CHETD2 (3f) - a complex Hermitian matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
CHETF2 (3f) - the factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CHETRD (3f) - a complex Hermitian matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
CHETRF (3f) - the factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CHETRI (3f) - the inverse of a complex Hermitian indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHETRF
CHETRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex Hermitian matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHETRF
CHPCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex Hermitian packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHPTRF
CHPEV (3f) - all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix in packed storage
CHPEVD (3f) - all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A in packed storage
CHPEVX (3f) - selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A in packed storage
CHPGST (3f) - a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form, using packed storage
CHPGV (3f) - all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
CHPGVD (3f) - all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
CHPGVX (3f) - selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
CHPR (3f) - perform the hermitian rank 1 operation A := alpha*x*conjg( x' ) + A,
CHPR2 (3f) - perform the hermitian rank 2 operation A := alpha*x*conjg( y' ) + conjg( alpha )*y*conjg( x' ) + A,
CHPRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CHPSVX (3f) - the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian matrix stored in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
CHPTRD (3f) - a complex Hermitian matrix A stored in packed form to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
CHPTRF (3f) - the factorization of a complex Hermitian packed matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CHPTRI (3f) - the inverse of a complex Hermitian indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHPTRF
CHPTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex Hermitian matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHPTRF
CHSEIN (3f) - inverse iteration to find specified right and/or left eigenvectors of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H
CHSEQR (3f) - compute the eigenvalues of a Hessenberg matrix H and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**H, where T is an upper triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the unitary matrix of Schur vectors
CLABRD (3f) - the first NB rows and columns of a complex general m by n matrix A to upper or lower real bidiagonal form by a unitary transformation Q\(aq * A * P, and returns the matrices X and Y which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
CLAED0 (3f) - divide and conquer method, CLAED0 computes all eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix which is one diagonal block of those from reducing a dense or band Hermitian matrix and corresponding eigenvectors of the dense or band matrix
CLAEIN (3f) - inverse iteration to find a right or left eigenvector corresponding to the eigenvalue W of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H
CLAESY (3f) - the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix ( ( A, B );( B, C ) ) provided the norm of the matrix of eigenvectors is larger than some threshold value
CLAEV2 (3f) - the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 Hermitian matrix [ A B ] [ CONJG(B) C ]
CLAGS2 (3f) - 2-by-2 unitary matrices U, V and Q, such that if ( UPPER ) then U\(aq*A*Q = U\(aq*( A1 A2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 A3 ) ( x x ) and V\(aq*B*Q = V\(aq*( B1 B2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 B3 ) ( x x ) or if ( .NOT.UPPER ) then U\(aq*A*Q = U\(aq*( A1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( A2 A3 ) ( 0 x ) and V\(aq*B*Q = V\(aq*( B1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( B2 B3 ) ( 0 x ) where U = ( CSU SNU ), V = ( CSV SNV ),
CLAHEF (3f) - a partial factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CLAHQR (3f) - i an auxiliary routine called by CHSEQR to update the eigenvalues and Schur decomposition already computed by CHSEQR, by dealing with the Hessenberg submatrix in rows and columns ILO to IHI
CLAIC1 (3f) - one step of incremental condition estimation in its simplest version
CLALS0 (3f) - back the multiplying factors of either the left or the right singular vector matrix of a diagonal matrix appended by a row to the right hand side matrix B in solving the least squares problem using the divide-and-conquer SVD approach
CLALSA (3f) - an itermediate step in solving the least squares problem by computing the SVD of the coefficient matrix in compact form (The singular vectors are computed as products of simple orthorgonal matrices.)
CLALSD (3f) - the singular value decomposition of A to solve the least squares problem of finding X to minimize the Euclidean norm of each column of A*X-B, where A is N-by-N upper bidiagonal, and X and B are N-by-NRHS
CLANGB (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n band matrix A, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals
CLANGE (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex matrix A
CLANGT (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex tridiagonal matrix A
CLANHB (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n hermitian band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
CLANHE (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex hermitian matrix A
CLANHP (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex hermitian matrix A, supplied in packed form
CLANHS (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a Hessenberg matrix A
CLANHT (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex Hermitian tridiagonal matrix A
CLANSB (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n symmetric band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
CLANSP (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex symmetric matrix A, supplied in packed form
CLANSY (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex symmetric matrix A
CLANTB (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n triangular band matrix A, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals
CLANTP (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a triangular matrix A, supplied in packed form
CLANTR (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a trapezoidal or triangular matrix A
CLAQGB (3f) - a general M by N band matrix A with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
CLAQHB (3f) - an Hermitian band matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAQHE (3f) - a Hermitian matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAQHP (3f) - a Hermitian matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAQP2 (3f) - a QR factorization with column pivoting of the block A(OFFSET+1:M,1:N)
CLAQPS (3f) - a step of QR factorization with column pivoting of a complex M-by-N matrix A by using Blas-3
CLAQR0 (3f) - compute the eigenvalues of a Hessenberg matrix H and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**H, where T is an upper triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the unitary matrix of Schur vectors
CLAQR4 (3f) - compute the eigenvalues of a Hessenberg matrix H and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**H, where T is an upper triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the unitary matrix of Schur vectors
CLAR2V (3f) - a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines from both sides to a sequence of 2-by-2 complex Hermitian matrices,
CLARF (3f) - a complex elementary reflector H to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
CLARFB (3f) - a complex block reflector H or its transpose H\(aq to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
CLARFX (3f) - a complex elementary reflector H to a complex m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
CLARGV (3f) - a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines, determined by elements of the complex vectors x and y
CLARTV (3f) - a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines to elements of the complex vectors x and y
CLARZ (3f) - a complex elementary reflector H to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
CLARZB (3f) - a complex block reflector H or its transpose H**H to a complex distributed M-by-N C from the left or the right
CLASR (3f) - a sequence of real plane rotations to a complex matrix A, from either the left or the right
CLATRD (3f) - NB rows and columns of a complex Hermitian matrix A to Hermitian tridiagonal form by a unitary similarity transformation Q\(aq * A * Q, and returns the matrices V and W which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
CLATRZ (3f) - the M-by-(M+L) complex upper trapezoidal matrix [ A1 A2 ] = [ A(1:M,1:M) A(1:M,N-L+1:N) ] as ( R 0 ) * Z by means of unitary transformations, where Z is an (M+L)-by-(M+L) unitary matrix and, R and A1 are M-by-M upper triangular matrices
COMMIT (7) - commit the current transaction
COMMIT PREPARED (7) - commit a transaction that was earlier prepared for two-phase commit
CPBCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPBTRF
CPBEQU (3f) - row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite band matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
CPBRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CPBSTF (3f) - a split Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
CPBTF2 (3f) - the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
CPBTRF (3f) - the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
CPBTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite band matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPBTRF
CPOCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPOTRF
CPOEQU (3f) - row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
CPORFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite,
CPOTF2 (3f) - the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A
CPOTRF (3f) - the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A
CPOTRI (3f) - the inverse of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPOTRF
CPOTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPOTRF
CPPCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite packed matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPPTRF
CPPEQU (3f) - row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite matrix A in packed storage and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
CPPRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CPPTRF (3f) - the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A stored in packed format
CPPTRI (3f) - the inverse of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPPTRF
CPPTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite matrix A in packed storage using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPPTRF
CPTCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix using the factorization A = L*D*L**H or A = U**H*D*U computed by CPTTRF
CPTEQR (3f) - all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix by first factoring the matrix using SPTTRF and then calling CBDSQR to compute the singular values of the bidiagonal factor
CPTRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CPTSV (3f) - the solution to a complex system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
CPTSVX (3f) - the factorization A = L*D*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
CPTTRF (3f) - the L*D*L\(aq factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix A
CREATE RULE (7) - define a new rewrite rule
CSPCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex symmetric packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSPTRF
CSPRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CSPTRI (3f) - the inverse of a complex symmetric indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSPTRF
CSPTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSPTRF
CSTEIN (3f) - the eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse iteration
CSTEQR (3f) - all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the implicit QL or QR method
CSYCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSYTRF
CSYRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CSYTRI (3f) - the inverse of a complex symmetric indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSYTRF
CSYTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSYTRF
CTBCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
CTBRFS (3f) - error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular band coefficient matrix
CTGEXC (3f) - the generalized Schur decomposition of a complex matrix pair (A,B), using an unitary equivalence transformation (A, B) := Q * (A, B) * Z\(aq, so that the diagonal block of (A, B) with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
CTGSEN (3f) - the generalized Schur decomposition of a complex matrix pair (A, B) (in terms of an unitary equivalence trans- formation Q\(aq * (A, B) * Z), so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the pair (A,B)
CTGSJA (3f) - the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of two complex upper triangular (or trapezoidal) matrices A and B
CTGSNA (3f) - reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or eigenvectors of a matrix pair (A, B)
CTPCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a packed triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
CTPRFS (3f) - error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular packed coefficient matrix
CTRCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
CTREXC (3f) - the Schur factorization of a complex matrix A = Q*T*Q**H, so that the diagonal element of T with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
CTRMM (3f) - perform one of the matrix-matrix operations B := alpha*op( A )*B, or B := alpha*B*op( A ) where alpha is a scalar, B is an m by n matrix, A is a unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix and op( A ) is one of op( A ) = A or op( A ) = A' or op( A ) = conjg( A' )
CTRRFS (3f) - error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular coefficient matrix
CTRSEN (3f) - the Schur factorization of a complex matrix A = Q*T*Q**H, so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading positions on the diagonal of the upper triangular matrix T, and the leading columns of Q form an orthonormal basis of the corresponding right invariant subspace
CTRSNA (3f) - reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or right eigenvectors of a complex upper triangular matrix T (or of any matrix Q*T*Q**H with Q unitary)
CTZRZF (3f) - the M-by-N ( M<=N ) complex upper trapezoidal matrix A to upper triangular form by means of unitary transformations
CUNG2L (3f) - an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
CUNG2R (3f) - an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
CUNGBR (3f) - one of the complex unitary matrices Q or P**H determined by CGEBRD when reducing a complex matrix A to bidiagonal form
CUNGHR (3f) - a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of IHI-ILO elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by CGEHRD
CUNGL2 (3f) - an m-by-n complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
CUNGLQ (3f) - an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
CUNGQL (3f) - an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
CUNGQR (3f) - an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
CUNGR2 (3f) - an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
CUNGRQ (3f) - an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
CUNGTR (3f) - a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by CHETRD
CUNM2L (3f) - the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or Q\(aq* C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqC\(aq, or C * Q if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or C * Q\(aq if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqC\(aq,
CUNM2R (3f) - the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or Q\(aq* C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqC\(aq, or C * Q if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or C * Q\(aq if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqC\(aq,
CUNMBR (3f) - = \(aqQ\(aq, CUNMBR overwrites the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
CUNMHR (3f) - the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
CUNML2 (3f) - the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or Q\(aq* C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqC\(aq, or C * Q if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or C * Q\(aq if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqC\(aq,
CUNMLQ (3f) - the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
CUNMQL (3f) - the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
CUNMQR (3f) - the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
CUNMR2 (3f) - the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or Q\(aq* C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqC\(aq, or C * Q if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or C * Q\(aq if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqC\(aq,
CUNMR3 (3f) - the general complex m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or Q\(aq* C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqC\(aq, or C * Q if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or C * Q\(aq if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqC\(aq,
CUNMRQ (3f) - the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
CUNMRZ (3f) - the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
CUNMTR (3f) - the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
CUPGTR (3f) - a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors H(i) of order n, as returned by CHPTRD using packed storage
CUPMTR (3f) - the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
Cabin (3) - the utility API of QDBM
Cache::CacheUtils (3p) -- miscellaneous utility routines
Catalyst::Authentication::Credential::Password (3p) - Authenticate a user with a password.
Catalyst::Authentication::Realm::Compatibility (3p) - Compatibility realm object
Catalyst::Controller::Rose::EIP (3p) - base class for Edit In Place tables
Catalyst::Helper::View::TTSite (3p) - Helper for TT view which builds a skeleton web site
Catalyst::Manual::Cookbook (3p) - Cooking with Catalyst
Catalyst::Manual::WritingPlugins (3p) - (DEPRECATED, see Catalyst::Manual::ExtendingCatalyst)
Catalyst::Plugin::Authentication::Credential::Password (3p) - Compatibility shim
Catalyst::Plugin::Authentication::Store::Minimal (3p) - Compatibility shim
Catalyst::Plugin::Authentication::User (3p) - Compatibility shim
Catalyst::Plugin::Authentication::User::Hash (3p) - Compatibility shim
Catalyst::Plugin::Cache::Store (3p) - how to write a Cache store plugin.
Catalyst::Plugin::ConfigLoader::Environment (3p) - Configure your application with environment variables.
Catalyst::Plugin::Email (3p) - Send emails with Catalyst
Catalyst::Plugin::I18N::Manual (3p) - (Draft) I18N and L10N with Catalyst and Template Toolkit.
Catalyst::Plugin::Session::State::URI (3p) - Saves session IDs by rewriting URIs delivered to the client, and extracting the session ID from requested URIs.
Catalyst::Plugin::Session::Test::Store (3p) - Reusable sanity for session storage engines.
Catalyst::Plugin::XMLRPC (3p) - Dispatch XMLRPC methods with Catalyst
Catalyst::View::TT::ForceUTF8 (3p) - Template View Class with utf8 encoding
Catalyst::View::XSLT::XML::LibXSLT (3p) - An implementation for Catalyst::View::XSLT with XML::LibXSLT
Class::DBI::Iterator (3p) - Iterate over Class::DBI search results
Class::DBI::Loader (3p) - Dynamic definition of Class::DBI sub classes.
Class::DBI::Loader::SQLite (3p) - Class::DBI::Loader SQLite Implementation.
Class::DBI::Test::SQLite (3p) - Base class for Class::DBI tests
Class::Data::Accessor (3p) - Inheritable, overridable class and instance data accessor creation
Class::Data::Inheritable (3p) - Inheritable, overridable class data
Class::Factory::Util (3p) - Provide utility methods for factory classes
Class::Inspector (3p) - Get information about a class and its structure
Class::MOP::Class::Immutable::Trait (3p) - Implements immutability for metaclass objects
Class::MOP::Method::Wrapped (3p) - Method Meta Object for methods with before/after/around modifiers
Class::MethodMaker::V1Compat (3p) - V1 compatibility code for C::MM
Class::Trigger (3p) - Mixin to add / call inheritable triggers
Composite (3) - The Composite widget class
Config::General::Interpolated (3p) - Parse variables within Config files
Consider (3p) - a method, foo, that takes two arguments, a first name and a last_name name. The positional form might be
Container_iterator (3) -
Convert::PEM (3p) - Read/write encrypted ASN.1 PEM files
Coro::EV (3p) - do events the coro-way, with EV
Coro::Event (3p) - do events the coro-way, with Event
Coro::Handle (3p) - non-blocking I/O with a blocking interface.
Coro::RWLock (3p) - reader/write locks
Coro::Util (3p) - various utility functions.
Create (3p) - a new request factory object. It expects its parameters in a hashref.
Crypt::CBC (3p) - Encrypt Data with Cipher Block Chaining Mode
Crypt::DSA::Key::PEM (3p) - Read/write DSA PEM files
Crypt::DSA::Key::SSH2 (3p) - Read/write DSA SSH2 files
Crypt::DSA::Util (3p) - DSA Utility functions
Crypt::Primes (3p) - Provable Prime Number Generator suitable for Cryptographic Applications.
Crypt::RC4 (3p) - Perl implementation of the RC4 encryption algorithm
Crypt::RSA::DataFormat (3p) - Data creation, conversion and reporting primitives.
Crypt::RSA::ES::OAEP (3p) - Plaintext-aware encryption with RSA.
Crypt::RSA::Primitives (3p) - RSA encryption, decryption, signature and verification primitives.
Crypt::Twofish (3p) - The Twofish Encryption Algorithm
Curses::UI::Searchable (3p) - Add 'less'-like search abilities to a widget
Curses::UI::TextEditor (3p) - Create and manipulate texteditor widgets
Curses::Widgets (3p) - Base widget class for use with the Curses::Application framework
DBD::File (3p) - Base class for writing DBI drivers
DBD::Gofer (3p) - A stateless-proxy driver for communicating with a remote DBI
DBD::SQLite (3p) - Self Contained RDBMS in a DBI Driver
DBD::SQLite2 (3p) - Self Contained RDBMS in a DBI Driver (sqlite 2.x)
DBDSDC (3f) - the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B
DBDSQR (3f) - the singular values and, optionally, the right and/or left singular vectors from the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B using the implicit zero-shift QR algorithm
DBI::DBD (3p) - Perl DBI Database Driver Writer's Guide
DBIx::Class::CDBICompat (3p) - Class::DBI Compatibility layer.
DBIx::Class::Manual::Joining (3p) - Manual on joining tables with DBIx::Class
DBIx::Class::Manual::Troubleshooting (3p) - Got a problem? Shoot it. You're trying to make a query on a non-connected schema. Make sure you got the current resultset from $schema->resultset('Artist') on a schema object you got back from connect(). The ""DBIC_TRACE"" environment variable controls SQL tracing, so to see what is happening try
DBIx::Class::Ordered (3p) - Modify the position of objects in an ordered list.
DBIx::Class::PK::Auto::SQLite (3p) - (DEPRECATED) Automatic primary key class for SQLite
DBIx::Class::ResultSetColumn (3p) - helpful methods for messing with a single column of the resultset
DBIx::Class::Schema::Loader (3p) - Dynamic definition of a DBIx::Class::Schema
DBIx::Class::Schema::Loader::DBI::SQLite (3p) - DBIx::Class::Schema::Loader::DBI SQLite Implementation.
DBIx::Class::Schema::Loader::DBI::Writing (3p) - Loader subclass writing guide for DBI
DBIx::Class::Storage::DBI::MultiDistinctEmulation (3p) - Some databases can't handle count distincts with multiple cols. They should use base on this.
DBIx::Class::Storage::DBI::SQLite (3p) - Automatic primary key class for SQLite
DBIx::Class::Test::SQLite (3p) - Base class for running Class::DBI tests against DBIx::Class compat layer, shamelessly ripped from Class::DBI::Test::SQLite
DBIx::DataModel::Doc::Design (3p) - Architecture and design principles
DBIx::DataModel::Doc::Quickstart (3p) - Get quickly started with DBIx::DataModel
DBIx::DataModel::Statement::JDBC (3p) - Statement for interacting with DBD::JDBC
DDISNA (3f) - the reciprocal condition numbers for the eigenvectors of a real symmetric or complex Hermitian matrix or for the left or right singular vectors of a general m-by-n matrix
DGBCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a real general band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm,
DGBEQU (3f) - row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M-by-N band matrix A and reduce its condition number
DGBSV (3f) - the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is a band matrix of order N with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
DGBTF2 (3f) - an LU factorization of a real m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
DGBTRF (3f) - an LU factorization of a real m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
DGBTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A * X = B or A\(aq * X = B with a general band matrix A using the LU factorization computed by DGBTRF
DGECON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a general real matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm, using the LU factorization computed by DGETRF
DGEEQU (3f) - row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M-by-N matrix A and reduce its condition number
DGEHD2 (3f) - a real general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DGEHRD (3f) - a real general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DGELS (3f) - overdetermined or underdetermined real linear systems involving an M-by-N matrix A, or its transpose, using a QR or LQ factorization of A
DGEQP3 (3f) - a QR factorization with column pivoting of a matrix A
DGESC2 (3f) - a system of linear equations A * X = scale* RHS with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization with complete pivoting computed by DGETC2
DGESDD (3f) - the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real M-by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and right singular vectors
DGESVD (3f) - the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real M-by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors
DGETC2 (3f) - an LU factorization with complete pivoting of the n-by-n matrix A
DGETF2 (3f) - an LU factorization of a general m-by-n matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
DGETRF (3f) - an LU factorization of a general M-by-N matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
DGETRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A * X = B or A\(aq * X = B with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization computed by DGETRF
DGGLSE (3f) - the linear equality-constrained least squares (LSE) problem
DGGSVD (3f) - the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of an M-by-N real matrix A and P-by-N real matrix B
DGTCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a real tridiagonal matrix A using the LU factorization as computed by DGTTRF
DGTTRF (3f) - an LU factorization of a real tridiagonal matrix A using elimination with partial pivoting and row interchanges
DHSEIN (3f) - inverse iteration to find specified right and/or left eigenvectors of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H
DHSEQR (3f) - compute the eigenvalues of a Hessenberg matrix H and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**T, where T is an upper quasi-triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the orthogonal matrix of Schur vectors
DLADIV (3f) - complex division in real arithmetic a + i*b p + i*q = --------- c + i*d The algorithm is due to Robert L
DLAEBZ (3f) - the iteration loops which compute and use the function N(w), which is the count of eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T less than or equal to its argument w
DLAED6 (3f) - the positive or negative root (closest to the origin) of z(1) z(2) z(3) f(x) = rho + --------- + ---------- + --------- d(1)-x d(2)-x d(3)-x It is assumed that if ORGATI = .true
DLAEDA (3f) - the Z vector corresponding to the merge step in the CURLVLth step of the merge process with TLVLS steps for the CURPBMth problem
DLAEIN (3f) - inverse iteration to find a right or left eigenvector corresponding to the eigenvalue (WR,WI) of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H
DLAEV2 (3f) - the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix [ A B ] [ B C ]
DLAEXC (3f) - adjacent diagonal blocks T11 and T22 of order 1 or 2 in an upper quasi-triangular matrix T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DLAG2 (3f) - the eigenvalues of a 2 x 2 generalized eigenvalue problem A - w B, with scaling as necessary to avoid over-/underflow
DLAHQR (3f) - i an auxiliary routine called by DHSEQR to update the eigenvalues and Schur decomposition already computed by DHSEQR, by dealing with the Hessenberg submatrix in rows and columns ILO to IHI
DLAIC1 (3f) - one step of incremental condition estimation in its simplest version
DLALN2 (3f) - a system of the form (ca A - w D ) X = s B or (ca A\(aq - w D) X = s B with possible scaling ("s") and perturbation of A
DLALS0 (3f) - back the multiplying factors of either the left or the right singular vector matrix of a diagonal matrix appended by a row to the right hand side matrix B in solving the least squares problem using the divide-and-conquer SVD approach
DLALSA (3f) - an itermediate step in solving the least squares problem by computing the SVD of the coefficient matrix in compact form (The singular vectors are computed as products of simple orthorgonal matrices.)
DLALSD (3f) - the singular value decomposition of A to solve the least squares problem of finding X to minimize the Euclidean norm of each column of A*X-B, where A is N-by-N upper bidiagonal, and X and B are N-by-NRHS
DLANGB (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n band matrix A, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals
DLANGE (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real matrix A
DLANGT (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real tridiagonal matrix A
DLANHS (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a Hessenberg matrix A
DLANSB (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n symmetric band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
DLANSP (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric matrix A, supplied in packed form
DLANST (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A
DLANSY (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric matrix A
DLANTB (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n triangular band matrix A, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals
DLANTP (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a triangular matrix A, supplied in packed form
DLANTR (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a trapezoidal or triangular matrix A
DLAQGB (3f) - a general M by N band matrix A with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
DLAQP2 (3f) - a QR factorization with column pivoting of the block A(OFFSET+1:M,1:N)
DLAQPS (3f) - a step of QR factorization with column pivoting of a real M-by-N matrix A by using Blas-3
DLAQR0 (3f) - compute the eigenvalues of a Hessenberg matrix H and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**T, where T is an upper quasi-triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the orthogonal matrix of Schur vectors
DLAQR4 (3f) - compute the eigenvalues of a Hessenberg matrix H and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**T, where T is an upper quasi-triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the orthogonal matrix of Schur vectors
DLARF (3f) - a real elementary reflector H to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
DLARFB (3f) - a real block reflector H or its transpose H\(aq to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
DLARFX (3f) - a real elementary reflector H to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
DLARRA (3f) - splitting points with threshold SPLTOL
DLARRB (3f) - relatively robust representation(RRR) L D L^T, DLARRB does "limited" bisection to refine the eigenvalues of L D L^T,
DLARRD (3f) - the eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T to suitable accuracy
DLARRE (3f) - the desired eigenvalues of a given real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T, DLARRE sets any "small" off-diagonal elements to zero, and for each unreduced block T_i, it finds (a) a suitable shift at one end of the block\(aqs spectrum,
DLARRF (3f) - initial representation L D L^T and its cluster of close eigenvalues (in a relative measure), W( CLSTRT ), W( CLSTRT+1 ), ..
DLARRJ (3f) - initial eigenvalue approximations of T, DLARRJ does bisection to refine the eigenvalues of T,
DLARRK (3f) - one eigenvalue of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T to suitable accuracy
DLARZ (3f) - a real elementary reflector H to a real M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
DLARZB (3f) - a real block reflector H or its transpose H**T to a real distributed M-by-N C from the left or the right
DLASD0 (3f) - divide and conquer approach, DLASD0 computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix B with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, where M = N + SQRE
DLASD4 (3f) - compute the square root of the I-th updated eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification to a positive diagonal matrix whose entries are given as the squares of the corresponding entries in the array d, and that 0 <= D(i) < D(j) for i < j and that RHO > 0
DLASD5 (3f) - compute the square root of the I-th eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification of a 2-by-2 diagonal matrix diag( D ) * diag( D ) + RHO The diagonal entries in the array D are assumed to satisfy 0 <= D(i) < D(j) for i < j
DLASDA (3f) - divide and conquer approach, DLASDA computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix B with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, where M = N + SQRE
DLASDQ (3f) - the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, accumulating the transformations if desired
DLASQ1 (3f) - the singular values of a real N-by-N bidiagonal matrix with diagonal D and off-diagonal E
DLASQ2 (3f) - all the eigenvalues of the symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix associated with the qd array Z to high relative accuracy are computed to high relative accuracy, in the absence of denormalization, underflow and overflow
DLASQ6 (3f) - one dqd (shift equal to zero) transform in ping-pong form, with protection against underflow and overflow
DLASV2 (3f) - the singular value decomposition of a 2-by-2 triangular matrix [ F G ] [ 0 H ]
DLATBS (3f) - one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A\(aq*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow, where A is an upper or lower triangular band matrix
DLATPS (3f) - one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A\(aq*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow, where A is an upper or lower triangular matrix stored in packed form
DLATRD (3f) - NB rows and columns of a real symmetric matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form by an orthogonal similarity transformation Q\(aq * A * Q, and returns the matrices V and W which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
DLATRS (3f) - one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A\(aq*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow
DOPMTR (3f) - the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
DORG2L (3f) - an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
DORG2R (3f) - an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
DORGL2 (3f) - an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
DORGLQ (3f) - an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
DORGQL (3f) - an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
DORGQR (3f) - an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
DORGR2 (3f) - an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
DORGRQ (3f) - an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
DORM2L (3f) - the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or Q\(aq* C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqT\(aq, or C * Q if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or C * Q\(aq if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqT\(aq,
DORM2R (3f) - the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or Q\(aq* C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqT\(aq, or C * Q if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or C * Q\(aq if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqT\(aq,
DORMBR (3f) - = \(aqQ\(aq, DORMBR overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
DORMHR (3f) - the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
DORML2 (3f) - the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or Q\(aq* C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqT\(aq, or C * Q if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or C * Q\(aq if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqT\(aq,
DORMLQ (3f) - the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
DORMQL (3f) - the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
DORMQR (3f) - the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
DORMR2 (3f) - the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or Q\(aq* C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqT\(aq, or C * Q if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or C * Q\(aq if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqT\(aq,
DORMR3 (3f) - the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or Q\(aq* C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqT\(aq, or C * Q if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or C * Q\(aq if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqT\(aq,
DORMRQ (3f) - the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
DORMRZ (3f) - the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
DORMTR (3f) - the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
DPBCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPBTRF
DPBEQU (3f) - row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite band matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
DPBRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DPBSTF (3f) - a split Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
DPBTF2 (3f) - the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
DPBTRF (3f) - the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
DPBTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite band matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPBTRF
DPOCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPOTRF
DPOEQU (3f) - row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
DPORFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite,
DPOTF2 (3f) - the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A
DPOTRF (3f) - the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A
DPOTRI (3f) - the inverse of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPOTRF
DPOTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPOTRF
DPPCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite packed matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPPTRF
DPPEQU (3f) - row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite matrix A in packed storage and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
DPPRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DPPTRF (3f) - the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A stored in packed format
DPPTRI (3f) - the inverse of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPPTRF
DPPTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite matrix A in packed storage using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPPTRF
DPTCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix using the factorization A = L*D*L**T or A = U**T*D*U computed by DPTTRF
DPTEQR (3f) - all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix by first factoring the matrix using DPTTRF, and then calling DBDSQR to compute the singular values of the bidiagonal factor
DPTRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DPTSV (3f) - the solution to a real system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
DPTSVX (3f) - the factorization A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
DPTTRF (3f) - the L*D*L\(aq factorization of a real symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix A
DROP RULE (7) - remove a rewrite rule
DSBGST (3f) - a real symmetric-definite banded generalized eigenproblem A*x = lambda*B*x to standard form C*y = lambda*y,
DSBGV (3f) - all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
DSBGVD (3f) - all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
DSBGVX (3f) - selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
DSBTRD (3f) - a real symmetric band matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DSPCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSPTRF
DSPGST (3f) - a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form, using packed storage
DSPGV (3f) - all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
DSPGVD (3f) - all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
DSPGVX (3f) - selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
DSPRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DSPTRD (3f) - a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed form to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DSPTRI (3f) - the inverse of a real symmetric indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSPTRF
DSPTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSPTRF
DSTEIN (3f) - the eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse iteration
DSTEQR (3f) - all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the implicit QL or QR method
DSTERF (3f) - all eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the Pal-Walker-Kahan variant of the QL or QR algorithm
DSYCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSYTRF
DSYGS2 (3f) - a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
DSYGST (3f) - a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
DSYGV (3f) - all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
DSYGVD (3f) - all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
DSYGVX (3f) - selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
DSYRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DSYTD2 (3f) - a real symmetric matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DSYTRD (3f) - a real symmetric matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DSYTRI (3f) - the inverse of a real symmetric indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSYTRF
DSYTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a real symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSYTRF
DTBCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
DTBRFS (3f) - error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular band coefficient matrix
DTGEXC (3f) - the generalized real Schur decomposition of a real matrix pair (A,B) using an orthogonal equivalence transformation (A, B) = Q * (A, B) * Z\(aq,
DTGSEN (3f) - the generalized real Schur decomposition of a real matrix pair (A, B) (in terms of an orthonormal equivalence trans- formation Q\(aq * (A, B) * Z), so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the upper quasi-triangular matrix A and the upper triangular B
DTGSJA (3f) - the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of two real upper triangular (or trapezoidal) matrices A and B
DTGSNA (3f) - reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or eigenvectors of a matrix pair (A, B) in generalized real Schur canonical form (or of any matrix pair (Q*A*Z\(aq, Q*B*Z\(aq) with orthogonal matrices Q and Z, where Z\(aq denotes the transpose of Z
DTPCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a packed triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
DTPRFS (3f) - error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular packed coefficient matrix
DTRCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
DTREXC (3f) - the real Schur factorization of a real matrix A = Q*T*Q**T, so that the diagonal block of T with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
DTRRFS (3f) - error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular coefficient matrix
DTRSNA (3f) - reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or right eigenvectors of a real upper quasi-triangular matrix T (or of any matrix Q*T*Q**T with Q orthogonal)
Data::Buffer (3p) - Read/write buffer class
Data::Dumper::Simple (3p) - Easily dump variables with names
Data::Grove::Visitor (3p) - add visitor/callback methods to Data::Grove objects
Data::Visitor (3p) - Visitor style traversal of Perl data structures
Data::Visitor::Callback (3p) - A Data::Visitor with callbacks.
Date::Calc::Object (3p) - Object-oriented add-on for Date::Calc with overloaded operators
DateTime::Infinite (3p) - Infinite past and future DateTime objects
DateTime::LeapSecond (3p) - leap seconds table and utilities
DateTime::Locale::fur_IT (3p) - (empty subject)
DateTime::Locale::it (3p) - (empty subject)
DateTime::Locale::it_CH (3p) - (empty subject)
DateTime::Locale::it_IT (3p) - (empty subject)
Digest::MD2 (3p) - Perl interface to the MD2 Algorithm
Digest::SHA1 (3p) - Perl interface to the SHA-1 algorithm
END (7) - commit the current transaction
Email::Valid (3p) - Check validity of Internet email addresses
Embperl (3p) - Building dynamic Websites with Perl
Embperl::Form::Control::addremove (3p) - A control to add and remove items from two select boxes inside an Embperl Form
Embperl::Form::Control::number (3p) - A numeric input control with optional unit inside an Embperl Form
Embperl::Form::Control::submit (3p) - A button inside an Embperl Form
Embperl::Form::Control::submit (3p) - A submit button inside an Embperl Form
Embperl::Form::Validate (3p) - Form validation with server- and client-side support.
Embperl::Object (3p) - Extents Embperl for building whole website with reusable components and objects
Erlaubt das Einbetten von Perlcode in HTML/XML und andere Text Dokumente. Der Perlcode wird im Server ausgefu\*:hrt und das Ergebnis zum Browser geschickt. Alle verfu\*:gbaren Perl-Module ko\*:nnen eingesetzt werden. Ermo\*:glicht das Erstellen von Websites aus kleinen wiederverwendbaren Komponenten, in objektorientierter Art und Weise. Komponenten ko\*:nnen sich gegenseitig aufrufen, einbetten und von einander erben. Das standart Layout einer Website can einmal definiert werden und Embperl::Object sorgt dafu\*:r das die passenden Komponeten an die entsprechenden Stellen eingefu\*:gt werden. Die eigentlichen Seiten enthalten nur noch den tatsa\*:chlichen Inhalt und nicht gemeinsamme Elemente wie Kopf (3p) - und Fu\*8bereich oder Navigationsleisten. Diese gemeinsammen Bereiche ko\*:nnen dabei je Unterverzeichnis u\*:berschrieben werden. Unterstu\*:tzt das Trennen von Code, Layout und Daten und das Erstellen von MVC (Modell-View-Controller) Applikationen. Die Steuerlogik kann durch ein Applikationsobjekt abgebildet werden, welches den weiteren Ablauf eines Requests beeinflussen und steuern kann, wa\*:hrend die eigentlichen Seiten nur noch den Code zur Anzeige enthalten. Fu\*:r einfache Applikationen ist es jedoch, immer noch mo\*:glich allen Code in die Seiten selbst einzubetten. Der Quellentext fu\*:r die einzelnen Komponenten kann aus unterschiedlichen Quellen, wie Dateisystem, Speicher oder dem Ergebnis eines Apache-Subrequest kommen. Ein Subrequest erlaubt das Nachbearbeiten der Ausgabe von anderen Apache-Applikationen wie PHP, JSP, CGI-Skrips etc. Komponenten ko\*:nnen in unterschiedlichen Formaten vorliegen (z.B. HTML, WML, XML, POD, ...) und, soweit no\*:tig, in andere Ausgabeformate (z.B. via XSLT) transformiert werden. Ermo\*:glicht die Benutzung und Definition unterschiedlicher Syntaxen, wie Embperl, ASP, Text, Perl, RTF und mehr. Die Erzeugung der Ausgabe ist in kleine Schritte unterteilt, die jeweils von einem austauschbaren Provider durchgefu\*:hrt werden. Das Zusammenspiel der Provider ist individuell, mittels Rezepten (recipes) konfigurierbar. Erlaubt das Zwischenspeichern (Cachen) von Zwischenschritten und Ausgabe. Stellt verschiedenste Features fu\*:r das Webumfeld zur Verfu\*:gung, wei z.B. dynamischen Tabellen, Formularfeldverarbeitung, HTML/URL-Kodierung etc. Entha\*:lt ein Modul zur U\*:berpru\*:fung von Benutzereingaben in Formularfeldern. Damit kann mit der Defintion eines Regelsatz, sowohl die serverseitige wie auch die Clientseitige U\*:berpru\*:fung veranlasst werden. Stellt Pro-Benutzer und Pro-Seite persitente Sessiondaten zur Verfu\*:gung. Dafu\*:r ist es lediglich no\*:tig die Daten in einem spezielle Hash abzulegen. Bietet eine Reihe von Optionen zur Konfigurierung entsprechend den perso\*:nlichen Vorlieben und Bedu\*:rfnissen. Vollsta\*:ndig integriert in Apache und mod_perl, um die beste Performance zu erreichen. Kann auch als CGI Skript laufen, Offline ausgefu\*:hrt werden oder von anderem Perlprogrammen/-modulen aufgerufen werden. Das Perlmodule DBIx::Recordset bietet einen von SQL abstrahierten, einfach zu handhabenden, Datenbankzugriff fu\*:r Embperl. Embperl::Mail ermo\*:glicht es das Ergebnis direkt an eine E-Mail Adresse zu versenden.
Event::ExecFlow::Scheduler::SimpleMax (3p) - Limit number of parallel executed jobs
Event::File (3p) - is a wrapper module to write perl modules that deal with Files thru Event. It tries to mimics Event.pm model.
Exporter::Lite (3p) - Lightweight exporting of variables
FCGI::EV::Std (3p) - Handler class to use with FCGI::EV
FCGI_Accept, FCGI_ToFILE, FCGI_ToFcgiStream (3) - fcgi_stdio compatibility library
FCGI_Finish (3) - fcgi_stdio compatibility library
FCGI_SetExitStatus (3) - fcgi_stdio compatibility library
FCGI_StartFilterData (3) - fcgi_stdio compatibility library
FL_poll (3) - returns the amount, in bytes, of activity on a connection.
File::Slurp (3p) - Efficient Reading/Writing of Complete Files
Filter::Template::UseBytes (3p) - conditionally use bytes.pm depending on availability
Finally, (3p) - you can define your own types, either as subtypes or entirely new types, with their own constraints. For example, you could define a type ""PosInt"", a subtype of ""Int"" which only allows positive numbers. Moose attributes provide declarative syntax for defining delegations. A delegation is a method which calls some method on an attribute to do its real work. A constructor creates an object instance for the class. In old school Perl, this was usually done by defining a method called ""new()"" which in turn called ""bless"" on a reference.
Finance::Quote::BMONesbittBurns (3p) - Obtain quotes from the BMO NesbittBurns site
Finance::Quote::FTPortfolios (3p) - Obtain unit trust prices from www.ftportfolios.com
Finance::Quote::Fidelity (3p) - Obtain information from Fidelity Investments.
Finance::Quote::Fool (3p) - Obtain quotes from the Motley Fool web site.
Finance::Quote::Trustnet (3p) - Obtain unit trust prices from trustnet.co.uk
Font::TTF::Coverage (3p) - Opentype coverage and class definition objects
Font::TTF::EBDT (3p) - Embeeded Bitmap Data Table
Font::TTF::EBLC (3p) - Embeeded Bitmap Location Table
Font::TTF::GPOS (3p) - Support for Opentype GPOS tables in conjunction with TTOpen
Font::TTF::GSUB (3p) - Module support for the GSUB table in conjunction with TTOpen
Font::TTF::GrFeat (3p) - Graphite Font Features
Font::TTF::Mort::Chain (3p) - Chain Mort subtable for AAT Reads the chain into memory Writes the table to a file either from memory or by copying Prints a human-readable representation of the chain
Font::TTF::OTTags (3p) - Utilities for TrueType/OpenType tags
Font::TTF::PSNames (3p) - Utilities for Postscript glyph name processing
Font::TTF::Utils (3p) - Utility functions to save fingers
GD::Barcode (3p) - Create barcode image with GD
GD::Barcode::COOP2of5 (3p) - Create COOP2of5 barcode image with GD
GD::Barcode::Code39 (3p) - Create Code39 barcode image with GD
GD::Barcode::EAN13 (3p) - Create EAN13(JAN13) barcode image with GD
GD::Barcode::EAN8 (3p) - Create EAN8(JAN8) barcode image with GD
GD::Barcode::IATA2of5 (3p) - Create IATA2of5 barcode image with GD
GD::Barcode::ITF (3p) - Create ITF(Interleaved2of5) barcode image with GD
GD::Barcode::Industrial2of5 (3p) - Create Industrial2of5 barcode image with GD
GD::Barcode::Matrix2of5 (3p) - Create Matrix2of5 barcode image with GD
GD::Barcode::NW7 (3p) - Create NW7 barcode image with GD
GD::Barcode::QRcode (3p) - Create QRcode barcode image with GD
GD::Barcode::UPCA (3p) - Create UPC-A barcode image with GD
GD::Barcode::UPCE (3p) - Create UPC-E barcode image with GD
GD::Graph3D (3p) - Create 3D Graphs with GD and GD::Graph
GD::Graph::colour (3p) - Colour manipulation routines for use with GD::Graph
GD::Graph::hbars (3p) - make bar graphs with horizontal bars
GD::Polyline (3p) - Polyline object and Polygon utilities (including splines) for use with GD
GD::SVG (3p) - Seamlessly enable SVG output from scripts written using GD
GD::Text (3p) - Text utilities for use with GD
GDBM (3) - The GNU database manager. Includes dbm and ndbm compatability. (Version 1.8.3.)
Geo::IP::Record (3p) - Contains city information for GeoIP City Edition
Git (3p) - Perl interface to the Git version control system
GnuPG (7) - The GNU Privacy Guard suite of programs
GnuPG::Tie::Decrypt (3p) - Tied filehandle interface to decryption with the GNU Privacy Guard.
GnuPG::Tie::Encrypt (3p) - Tied filehandle interface to encryption with the GNU Privacy Guard.
Graph (3p) - graph data structures and algorithms
Graph::BitMatrix (3p) - create and manipulate a V x V bit matrix of graph G
Graph::TransitiveClosure::Matrix (3p) - create and query transitive closure of graph
HTML::Entities (3p) - Encode or decode strings with HTML entities
HTML::Mason::FakeApache (3p) - An Apache object emulator for use with Mason
HTML::Scrubber (3p) - Perl extension for scrubbing/sanitizing html
HTML::Stream (3p) - HTML output stream class, and some markup utilities
HTML::TableExtract (3p) - Perl module for extracting the content contained in tables within an HTML document, either as text or encoded element trees.
HTML::Widget::Element::Submit (3p) - Submit Element
HTML::Widget::Filter::TrimEdges (3p) - Trim whitespaces from beginning and end of string
HTML::Widget::Filter::Whitespace (3p) - Whitespace Filter
HTTP::Headers::Util (3p) - Header value parsing utility functions
Hash::Merge (3p) - Merges arbitrarily deep hashes into a single hash
Hey! (3p) - The above document had some coding errors, which are explained below: '=item' outside of any '=over'
I18N::LangTags (3p) - functions for dealing with RFC3066-style language tags
IEEECK (3f) - called from the ILAENV to verify that Infinity and possibly NaN arithmetic is safe (i.e
IO::AtomicFile (3p) - write a file which is updated atomically
IO::Lines (3p) - IO:: interface for reading/writing an array of lines
IO::Scalar (3p) - IO:: interface for reading/writing a scalar
IO::ScalarArray (3p) - IO:: interface for reading/writing an array of scalars
IPARMQ (3f) - program sets problem and machine dependent parameters useful for xHSEQR and its subroutines
IPC::Run3 (3p) - run a subprocess with input/ouput redirection
IPC::Run3::ProfLogger (3p) - write profiling data to a log file
IPC::ShareLite (3p) - Lightweight interface to shared memory
If a program wishes to permit both forms, we suggest that keywords be required to start with ' (3p) -' (and that values do not start with '-'). Obviously, this is not fully general. We provide a method, _is_positional, that checks this convention. Subclasses are free to ignore this. We expect objects to be created by invoking new on its class. For example
Image::Info:BMP (3p) - Windows Device Indepdent Bitmap support for Image::Info
ImageMagick (1) - is a free software suite for the creation, modification and display of bitmap images.
Imager (3p) - Perl extension for Generating 24 bit Images
Imager::Cookbook (3p) - recipes working with Imager
Imager::CountColor (3p) - demonstrates writing a simple function using Imager.
Imager::Draw (3p) - Draw primitives to images
Imager::ExtUtils (3p) - functions handy in writing Imager extensions
Imager::Files (3p) - working with image files
Imager::Fountain (3p) - a class for building fountain fills suitable for use by the fountain filter.
Imager::Inline (3p) - using Imager with Inline::C.
In (3) - providing a easy to use API not all the information in the mp4 file is directly exposed via the API. To accomodate applications that need access to information not otherwise available via the API there are file and track level generic get and set property routines that use arbitary string property names. To use these routines you will need to be familar with the mp4 file specification or be willing to wade thru the output of MP4Dump() to determine what you want. See MP4GetIntegerProperty() for more details.
In (3p) - addition, because there is more than one way to do most things, and the syntax of Perl itself is quite flexible, there are many ways in which the ``same'' code can look quite different.
In (3p) - addition, every class name in your application can also be used as a type name.
In (3p) - addition, you can choose to do the normalization only as deep as a particular layer, depending on aggressively you want the normalization process to be.
In (3p) - keyword form, keywords are insensitive to case and leading dashes: the keywords
In (3p) - old school Perl 5, this is often a blessed hash reference. With Moose, you should never need to know what your object instance actually is. (Okay, it's usually a blessed hashref with Moose, too.) Class A package with no introspection other than mucking about in the symbol table. With Moose, you get well-defined declaration and introspection. Attributes Hand-written accessor methods, symbol table hackery, or a helper module like ""Class::Accessor"". With Moose, these are declaratively defined, and distinct from methods. Method These are pretty much the same in Moose as in old school Perl. Roles ""Class::Trait"" or ""Class::Role"", or maybe ""mixin.pm"". With Moose, they're part of the core feature set, and are introspectable like everything else. Method Modifiers Could only be done through serious symbol table wizardry, and you probably never saw this before (at least in Perl 5). Type Hand-written parameter checking in your ""new()"" method and accessors. With Moose, you define types declaratively, and then use them by name in your attributes. Delegation ""Class::Delegation"" or ""Class::Delegator"", but probably even more hand-written code. With Moose, this is also declarative. Constructor A ""new()"" method which calls ""bless"" on a reference. Comes for free when you define a class with Moose. Destructor A ""DESTROY()"" method. With Moose, this is called ""DEMOLISH()"". Object Instance A blessed reference, usually a hash reference. With Moose, this is an opaque thing which has a bunch of attributes and methods, as defined by its class. Immutabilization Moose comes with a feature called ``immutabilization''. When you make your class immutable, it means you're done adding methods, attributes, roles, etc. This lets Moose optimize your class with a bunch of extremely dirty in-place code generation tricks that speed up things like object construction and so on.
In (3p) - particular the RHEL 4 and FC3 Linux distributions both ship with combinations of DBI and DBD::Pg modules that do not work correctly.
Inline (3p) - Write Perl subroutines in other programming languages.
Inline::C (3p) - Write Perl Subroutines in C
Inline::Pdlpp (1) - Write PDL Subroutines inline with PDL::PP
Inline::Pdlpp (3p) - Write PDL Subroutines inline with PDL::PP
It (3p) - first introduces some basic concepts, and later gives a short overview of the module family.
JSON::DWIW::Boolean (3p) - Return a true or false value when evaluated in boolean context -- to be used with JSON::DWIW->encode() to explicitly specify a boolean value.\`
Knowing (3p) - what these concepts mean in Moose-speak, and how they used to be done in old school Perl 5 OO is a good way to start learning to use Moose. When you say ``use Moose'' in a package, you are making your package a class. At its simplest, a class will consist simply of attributes and/or methods. It can also include roles, method modifiers, and more.
Locale::RecodeData::EBCDIC_IT (3p) - Conversion routines for EBCDIC_IT
Locale::RecodeData::GREEK_CCITT (3p) - Conversion routines for GREEK_CCITT
Log::Log4perl::Appender::Limit (3p) - Limit message delivery via block period
Log::Log4perl::Util (3p) - Internal utility functions
MD5 (3p) - Perl interface to the RSA Data Security Inc. MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm
MIME-tools (3p) - modules for parsing (and creating!) MIME entities
MIME::Decoder::NBit (3p) - encode/decode a "7bit" or "8bit" stream
MIME::Entity (3p) - class for parsed-and-decoded MIME message
MIME::Field::ContDisp (3p) - a "Content-disposition" field
MIME::Lite (3p) - low-calorie MIME generator
MIME::Parser::Results (3p) - results of the last entity parsed
MIME::Type (3p) - Definition of one MIME type
MIME::Types (3p) - Definition of MIME types
MIME::Words (3p) - deal with RFC 2047 encoded words
MMDF (5) - Multi-channel Memorandum Distribution Facility mailbox format
MOVE (7) - position a cursor
MP3::ID3v1Tag (3p) - Edit ID3v1 Tags from an Audio MPEG Layer 3.
MP4AddTrackEdit (3) - Add an edit segment to a track
MP4DeleteTrackEdit (3) - Delete a track edit segment
MP4GetHintTrackSdp (3) - Get the SDP media level description associated with a hint track
MP4GetRtpPacketTransmitOffset (3) - Get the transmit offset of an RTP packet
MP4GetSampleIdFromEditTime (3) - Get the sample id of a specified time in the edit list timeline
MP4GetTrackBitRate (3) - Get the average bit rate in bits per second of the specified track
MP4GetTrackEditDuration (3) - Get the duration of a track edit segment
MP4GetTrackEditDwell (3) - Get the dwell value of a track edit segment
MP4GetTrackEditMediaStart (3) - Get the media start time of a track edit segment
MP4GetTrackEditStart (3) - Get the start time of a track edit segment
MP4GetTrackEditTotalDuration (3) - Get the total duration of a sequence of track edit segments
MP4GetTrackNumberOfEdits (3) - Get the number of edit segments for a track
MP4GetVerbosity (3) - Gets the current level of diagnostic information
MP4ReadSampleFromEditTime (3) - Read a track sample based on a specified edit list time
MP4SetTrackEditDuration (3) - Set the duration of a track edit segment
MP4SetTrackEditDwell (3) - Set the dwell value of a track edit segment
MP4SetTrackEditMediaStart (3) - Set the media start time of a track edit segment
MP4SetVerbosity (3) - Sets the level of diagnostic information
MP4WriteRtpHint (3) - Write an RTP hint
MP4WriteSample (3) - Write a track sample
MRO::Compat (3p) - mro::* interface compatibility for Perls < 5.9.5
Mail::Audit (3p) - Library for creating easy mail filters
Mail::Audit::KillDups (3p) - Mail::Audit plugin for duplicate suppression
Mail::Audit::MAPS (3p) - Mail::Audit plugin for RBL checking
Mail::Audit::MailInternet (3p) - a Mail::Internet-based Mail::Audit object
Mail::Audit::MailInternet (3p) - a Mail::Internet-based Mail::Audit object This method returns the message's own MIME::Parser.
Mail::Audit::Util::Tempdir (3p) - self-cleaning fork-respecting tempdirs File::Tempdir
Mail::Audit::Vacation (3p) - perform vacation autoresponding
Mail::Box::Dir (3p) - handle folders with a file per message.
Mail::Box::Locker::DotLock (3p) - lock a folder with a seperate file
Mail::Box::Locker::NFS (3p) - lock a folder with a seperate file, NFS-safe
Mail::Box::Message (3p) - manage one message within a mail-folder
Mail::Box::Parser (3p) - reading and writing messages
Mail::Box::Search (3p) - select messages within a mail box
Mail::Box::Search::Grep (3p) - select messages within a mail box like grep does
Mail::Box::Thread::Manager (3p) - maintain threads within a set of folders
Mail::IMAPClient::BodyStructure (3p) - Perl extension to Mail::IMAPClient to facilitate the parsing of server responses to the FETCH BODYSTRUCTURE and FETCH ENVELOPE IMAP client commands.
Mail::Message::Body::Construct (3p) - adds functionality to Mail::Message::Body
Mail::Message::Body::Multipart (3p) - body of a message with attachments
Mail::Message::Construct (3p) - extends the functionality of a Mail::Message
Mail::Message::Convert::MimeEntity (3p) - translate Mail::Message to MIME::Entity vv
Mail::Message::Part (3p) - a part of a message, but a message by itself.
Mail::Message::TransferEnc::EightBit (3p) - encode/decode 8bit message bodies
Mail::Message::TransferEnc::SevenBit (3p) - encode/decode 7bit message bodies
Mail::SpamAssassin::AICache (3p) - provide access to cached information for ArchiveIterator
Mail::SpamAssassin::ArchiveIterator (3p) - find and process messages one at a time
Mail::SpamAssassin::AutoWhitelist (3p) - auto-whitelist handler for SpamAssassin
Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::AWL (3p) - Normalize scores via auto-whitelist
Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::Shortcircuit (3p) - short-circuit evaluation for certain rules
Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::WhiteListSubject (3p) - whitelist by Subject header
Mail::SpamAssassin::SQLBasedAddrList (3p) - SpamAssassin SQL Based Auto Whitelist
Mail::SpamAssassin::Util (3p) - utility functions
Mail::Transport::Mailx (3p) - transmit messages using external mailx program
Mail::Transport::Qmail (3p) - transmit messages using external Qmail program
Mail::Transport::SMTP (3p) - transmit messages without external program
Mail::Transport::Sendmail (3p) - transmit messages using external Sendmail program
Mail::Util (3p) - mail utility functions
Mason (3p) - High-performance, dynamic web site authoring system
Math::GMP (3p) - High speed arbitrary size integer math
Math::PariInit (3p) - load ""Math::Pari"" with specified $primelimit and $initmem.
Module::Install::Bundle (3p) - Bundle distributions along with your distribution
Module::Install::Can (3p) - Utility functions for capability detection
Module::Install::Compiler (3p) - Commands for interacting with the C compiler
Module::Pluggable::Fast (3p) - Fast plugins with instantiation
Mon::Client (3p) - Methods for interaction with Mon client
Moose::Cookbook::Basics::Recipe7 (3p) - Making Moose fast with immutable
Moose::Cookbook::Meta::Recipe2 (3p) - A meta-attribute, attributes with labels
Moose::Cookbook::Meta::Recipe3 (3p) - Labels implemented via attribute traits
Moose::Cookbook::Meta::Recipe5 (3p) - The "table" attribute as a metaclass trait
Moose::Cookbook::Roles::Recipe2 (3p) - Advanced Role Composition - method exclusion and aliasing
Moose::Manual (3p) - What is Moose, and how do I use it?
Moose::Manual::Attributes (3p) - Object attributes with Moose
Moose::Manual::Concepts (3p) - Moose OO concepts In the past, you may not have thought too much about the difference between packages and classes, attributes and methods, constructors and methods, etc. With Moose, these are all conceptually separate things, even though under the hood they're implemented with plain old Perl.
Moose::Manual::Construction (3p) - Object construction (and destruction) with Moose
Moose::Manual::Unsweetened (3p) - Moose idioms in plain old Perl 5 without the sugar
Moose::Meta::Class::Immutable::Trait (3p) - Implements immutability for metaclass objects
Moose::Meta::Role::Composite (3p) - An object to represent the set of roles
Moose::Meta::TypeConstraint::Parameterized (3p) - Type constraints with a bound parameter (ArrayRef[Int])
Moose::Util (3p) - Utilities for working with Moose classes
Mouse::Util (3p) - features, with or without their dependencies
MrmFetchBitmapLiteral (3) - Fetches a bitmap literal from a hierarchy
MrmFetchColorLiteral (3) - Fetches a named color literal from a UID file
MrmFetchIconLiteral (3) - Fetches an icon literal from a hierarchy
MrmFetchLiteral (3) - Fetches a literal from a UID file
MrmFetchSetValues (3) - Fetches the values to be set from literals stored in UID files
MrmFetchWidget (3) - Fetches and creates an indexed (UIL named) application widget and its children
MrmFetchWidgetOverride (3) - Fetches any indexed (UIL named) application widget. It overrides the arguments specified for this application widget in UIL
MrmInitialize (3) - Prepares an application to use MRM widget-fetching facilities
MrmRegisterNames (3) - Registers the values associated with the names referenced in UIL (for example, UIL callback function names or UIL identifier names)
MrmRegisterNamesInHierarchy (3) - Registers the values associated with the names referenced in UIL within a single hierarchy (for example, UIL callback function names or UIL identifier names)
NET::LDAP::DSML (3p) -- A DSML Writer for Net::LDAP
Net-SNMP Agent handler and extensibility API (3) - The basic theory goes something like this: In the past, with the original mib module api (which derived from the original CMU SNMP code) the underlying mib modules were passed very little information (only the truly most basic information about a request).
Net::BGP::Peer (3p) - Class encapsulating BGP-4 peering session state and functionality
Net::BGP::Process (3p) - Class encapsulating BGP session multiplexing functionality
Net::BGP::Transport (3p) - Class encapsulating BGP-4 transport session state and functionality
Net::CIDR::Lite (3p) - Perl extension for merging IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR addresses
Net::DNS::RR::APL::ApItem (3p) - DNS APL ApItem
Net::Daemon::Log (3p) - Utility functions for logging
Net::ISC::DHCPd (3p) - Interacts with ISC DHCPd
Net::LDAP::Constant (3p) - Constants for use with Net::LDAP
Net::LDAP::Control::ManageDsaIT (3p) - LDAPv3 Manage DSA-IT control object
Net::LDAP::LDIF (3p) - LDIF reading and writing
Net::LDAP::Security (3p) - Security issues with LDAP connections
Net::LDAP::Util (3p) - Utility functions
Net::Ping::External (3p) - Cross-platform interface to ICMP "ping" utilities
Net::RawIP (3p) - Perl extension for manipulate raw ip packets with interface to libpcap
Net::SFTP::Buffer (3p) - Read/write buffer class
Net::SFTP::Util (3p) - SFTP utility methods
Net::SSH::Perl::Auth (3p) - Base authentication class, plus utility methods
Net::SSH::Perl::Buffer (3p) - Low-level read/write buffer class
Net::SSH::Perl::Cipher (3p) - Base cipher class, plus utility methods
Net::SSH::Perl::Util (3p) - Shared utility functions
Net::Server::Coro (3p) - A co-operative multithreaded server using Coro
Net::Server::Daemonize (3p) - Safe fork and daemonization utilities
Net::Server::Fork (3p) - Net::Server personality
Net::Server::INET (3p) - Net::Server personality
Net::Server::MultiType (3p) - Net::Server personality
Net::Server::Multiplex (3p) - Multiplex several connections within one process
Net::Server::PreFork (3p) - Net::Server personality
Net::Server::PreForkSimple (3p) - Net::Server personality
Net::Server::Proto (3p) - Net::Server Protocol compatibility layer
Net::Server::Single (3p) - Net::Server personality
Net::Telnet (3p) - interact with TELNET port or other TCP ports
Net::Telnet::Cisco (3p) - interact with a Cisco router
Net::Traceroute (3p) - traceroute(1) functionality in perl
Net::Whois::RIPE::Iterator (3p) - iterator for RIPE object's.
NetAddr::IP::Lite (3p) - Manages IPv4 and IPv6 addresses and subnets
NetAddr::IP::Util (3p) -- IPv4/6 and 128 bit number utilities
Nginx::Simple (3p) - Easy to use interface for "--with-http_perl_module"
Our (3p) - meta-object protocol (aka MOP) provides well-defined introspection features for each of those concepts, and Moose in turn provides distinct sugar for each of them. Moose also introduces additional concepts such as roles, method modifiers, and declarative delegation.
Overview (3p) - of ""IO::Capture"" Module, and classes derived from it.
PDL::Basic (3p) -- Basic utility functions for PDL
PDL::Char (3p) -- PDL subclass which allows reading and writing of fixed-length character strings as byte PDLs
PDL::Core (3p) - fundamental PDL functionality
PDL::Fit::Gaussian (3p) - routines for fitting gaussians
PDL::Fit::LM (3p) -- Levenberg-Marquardt fitting routine for PDL
PDL::Fit::Linfit (3p) - routines for fitting data with linear combinations of functions.
PDL::Fit::Polynomial (3p) - routines for fitting with polynomials
PDL::Graphics::Limits (3p) - derive limits for display purposes
PDL::IO::Dumper (3p) -- data dumping for structs with PDLs
PDL::IO::FITS (3p) -- Simple FITS support for PDL
PDL::IO::NDF (3p) - PDL Module for reading and writing Starlink N-dimensional data structures as PDLs.
PDL::IO::Storable (3p) - helper functions to make PDL usable with Storable
PDL::ImageRGB (3p) -- some utility functions for RGB image data handling
PDL::Lite (3p) - minimum PDL module OO loader
PDL::LiteF (3p) - minimum PDL module function loader
PDL::Objects (1) -- Object-Orientation, what is it and how to exploit it
PDL::Primitive (3p) - primitive operations for pdl
PDL::Tips (1) - Small tidbits of useful arcana. Programming tidbits and such.
PDL::Ufunc (3p) - primitive ufunc operations for pdl
POE (3p) - portable multitasking and networking framework for any event loop
POE::Component::Client::Keepalive (3p) - manage connections, with keep-alive
POE::Component::Client::MPD::Connection (3p) - module handling the tcp connection with mpd
POE::Component::IKC::ClientLite (3p) - Small client for IKC
POE::Component::IRC::Common (3p) - Provides a set of common functions for the POE::Component::IRC suite
POE::Component::IRC::Cookbook::Disconnecting (3p) - How to disconnect gracefully with PoCo-IRC
POE::Component::IRC::Plugin::AutoJoin (3p) - A PoCo-IRC plugin which keeps you on your favorite channels
POE::Component::IRC::Plugin::Connector (3p) - A PoCo-IRC plugin that deals with the messy business of staying connected to an IRC server
POE::Component::IRC::Plugin::ISupport (3p) - A PoCo-IRC plugin that handles server capabilities
POE::Component::IRC::Plugin::NickServID (3p) - A PoCo-IRC plugin which identifies with FreeNode's NickServ when needed
POE::Component::IRC::Qnet::State (3p) - A fully event-driven IRC client module for Quakenet with nickname and channel tracking
POE::Component::IRC::State (3p) - A fully event-driven IRC client module with nickname and channel tracking
POE::Driver::SysRW (3p) - buffered, non-blocking I/O using sysread and syswrite
POE::Filter::Grep (3p) - select or remove items based on simple rules
POE::Filter::Map (3p) - transform input and/or output within a filter stack
POE::Filter::Reference (3p) - freeze and thaw arbitrary Perl data
POE::Filter::XML::Utils (3p) - General purpose utilities for POE::Filter::XML
POE::NFA (3p) - an event-driven state machine (nondeterministic finite automaton)
POE::Queue (3p) - a flexible, generic priority queue API
POE::Queue::Array (3p) - a high-performance array-based priority queue
POE::Wheel::ReadWrite (3p) - non-blocking buffered I/O mix-in for POE::Session
PPI (3p) - Parse, Analyze and Manipulate Perl (without perl)
PPI::Normal (3p) - Normalize Perl Documents Perl Documents, as created by PPI, are typically filled with all sorts of mess such as whitespace and comments and other things that don't effect the actual meaning of the code.
PPI::Normal (3p) - attempts to resolve this by providing a variety of mechanisms and algorithms to ``normalize'' Perl Documents, and determine a sort of base form for them (although this base form will be a memory structure, and not something that can be turned back into Perl source code).
PPI::Structure::Condition (3p) - Round braces for boolean context conditions
PPI::Structure::List (3p) - Explicit list or precedence ordering braces
PPI::Token::Quote::Literal (3p) - The literal quote-like operator
PPI::Token::Regexp::Substitute (3p) - A match and replace regular expression token
PPI::Token::Regexp::Transliterate (3p) - A transliteration regular expression token
PPI::Token::Whitespace (3p) - Tokens representing ordinary white space
PREPARE TRANSACTION (7) - prepare the current transaction for two-phase commit
Perl/Tk (3p) - Writing Tk applications in Perl 5
Perlbal::Plugin::Cgilike (3p) - Handle Perlbal requests with a Perl subroutine
Pod::Coverage::CountParents (3p) - subclass of Pod::Coverage that examines the inheritance tree
Point, Rectangle, Bitmap, Cursor, xtbinit, bclose, berror, bscreenrect, bflush, clipr, cursorswitch, cursorset, rdfontfile, ffree, charwidth, getsubfont, mkfont, scrollfwdbut (3) - graphics
Provision::Unix::Utility (3p) - utility subroutines for sysadmin tasks
Psh::Completion (3p) - containing the completion routines of psh. Currently works with Term::ReadLine::Gnu and Term::ReadLine::Perl.
Psh::Joblist (3p) - A data structure suitable for handling job lists like bash's
RFC2060 (3p) - specifies that multiple messages can be provided to certain IMAP commands by separating them with commas. For example, ``1,2,3,4,5'' would specify messages 1, 2, 3, 4, and (you guessed it!) 5. However, if you are performing an operation on lots of messages, this string can get quite long. So long that it may slow down your transaction, and perhaps even cause the server to reject it. So RFC2060 also permits you to specifiy a range of messages, so that messages 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 can also be specified as ``1:5''.
ROLLBACK PREPARED (7) - cancel a transaction that was earlier prepared for two-phase commit
RPC::PlClient (3p) - Perl extension for writing PlRPC clients
RPC::PlServer (3p) - Perl extension for writing PlRPC servers
Readonly (3p) - Facility for creating read-only scalars, arrays, hashes.
Regexp::Common::CC (3p) -- provide patterns for credit card numbers.
Regexp::Common::URI::RFC1035 (3p) -- Definitions from RFC1035;
Regexp::Common::URI::RFC1738 (3p) -- Definitions from RFC1738;
Regexp::Common::URI::RFC1808 (3p) -- Definitions from RFC1808;
Regexp::Common::URI::RFC2384 (3p) -- Definitions from RFC2384;
Regexp::Common::URI::RFC2396 (3p) -- Definitions from RFC2396;
Regexp::Common::URI::RFC2806 (3p) -- Definitions from RFC2806;
Regexp::Common::balanced (3p) -- provide regexes for strings with balanced parenthesized delimiters or arbitrary delimiters.
Regexp::Common::delimited (3p) -- provides a regex for delimited strings
Regexp::Common::profanity (3p) -- provide regexes for profanity
Regexp::Common::whitespace (3p) -- provides a regex for leading or trailing whitescape
Roles (3p) - are composed into classes (or other roles). When a role is composed into a class, its attributes and methods are ``flattened'' into the class. Roles do not show up in the inheritance hierarchy. When a role is composed, its attributes and methods appear as if they were defined in the consuming class.
Rose::DB::Cache::Entry (3p) - A cache entry for use with Rose::DB::Cache objects.
Rose::DB::Object::Iterator (3p) - Iterate over a series of Rose::DB::Objects.
Rose::DB::Object::Loader (3p) - Automatically create Rose::DB::Object subclasses based on database table definitions.
Rose::DB::Object::MakeMethods::BigNum (3p) - Create object methods for arbitrary-precision numeric attributes for Rose::DB::Object-derived objects.
Rose::DB::Object::Metadata::Column::Bitfield (3p) - Bitfield column metadata.
Rose::DB::Object::Util (3p) - Utility functions for use in Rose::DB::Object subclasses and method makers.
Rose::DB::SQLite (3p) - SQLite driver class for Rose::DB.
Rose::HTML::Form::Field::DateTime::Range (3p) - Compound field for date ranges with separate text fields for the minimum and maximum dates.
Rose::HTML::Form::Field::DateTime::Split::MDYHMS (3p) - Compound field for dates with separate text fields for month, day, year, hour, minute, and second, and a pop-up menu for AM/PM.
Rose::HTML::Form::Field::DateTime::Split::MonthDayYear (3p) - Compound field for dates with separate text fields for month, day, and year.
Rose::HTML::Form::Field::PhoneNumber::US (3p) - Text field that accepts only input that contains exactly 10 digits, and coerces valid input into US phone numbers in the form: 123-456-7890
Rose::HTML::Form::Field::PhoneNumber::US::Split (3p) - Compound field for US phone numbers with separate fields for area code, exchange, and number.
Rose::HTML::Form::Field::Set (3p) - Text area that accepts whitespace- or comma-separated strings.
Rose::HTML::Form::Field::Submit (3p) - Object representation of a submit button in an HTML form.
Rose::HTML::Form::Field::Time::Split::HourMinuteSecond (3p) - Compound field for times with separate text fields for hour, minute, and second, and a pop-up menu for selecting AM or PM.
Rose::HTML::Util (3p) - Utility functions for manipulating HTML.
SAVEPOINT (7) - define a new savepoint within the current transaction
SBDSDC (3f) - the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B
SBDSQR (3f) - the singular values and, optionally, the right and/or left singular vectors from the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B using the implicit zero-shift QR algorithm
SDISNA (3f) - the reciprocal condition numbers for the eigenvectors of a real symmetric or complex Hermitian matrix or for the left or right singular vectors of a general m-by-n matrix
SDLKey (3) - SDL Keysym Definitions
SDL_ActiveEvent (3) - Application visibility event structure
SDL_BlitSurface (3) - This performs a fast blit from the source surface to the destination surface.
SDL_BuildAudioCVT (3) - Initializes a SDL_AudioCVT structure for conversion
SDL_CondBroadcast (3) - Restart all threads waiting on a condition variable
SDL_CondSignal (3) - Restart a thread wait on a condition variable
SDL_CondWait (3) - Wait on a condition variable
SDL_CondWaitTimeout (3) - Wait on a condition variable, with timeout
SDL_CreateCond (3) - Create a condition variable
SDL_CreateSemaphore (3) - Creates a new semaphore and assigns an initial value to it.
SDL_CreateThread (3) - Creates a new thread of execution that shares its parent's properties.
SDL_Delay (3) - Wait a specified number of milliseconds before returning.
SDL_DestroyCond (3) - Destroy a condition variable
SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay (3) - Blit the overlay to the display
SDL_ExposeEvent (3) - Quit requested event
SDL_FillRect (3) - This function performs a fast fill of the given rectangle with some color
SDL_FreeCursor (3) - Frees a cursor created with SDL_CreateCursor.
SDL_GetTicks (3) - Get the number of milliseconds since the SDL library initialization.
SDL_Init (3) - Initializes SDL
SDL_InitSubSystem (3) - Initialize subsystems
SDL_JoyHatEvent (3) - Joystick hat position change event structure
SDL_JoystickNumButtons (3) - Get the number of joysitck buttons
SDL_OpenAudio (3) - Opens the audio device with the desired parameters.
SDL_Palette (3) - Color palette for 8-bit pixel formats
SDL_Quit (3) - Shut down SDL
SDL_QuitEvent (3) - Quit requested event
SDL_QuitSubSystem (3) - Shut down a subsystem
SDL_RemoveTimer (3) - Remove a timer which was added with SDL_AddTimer.
SDL_SemTryWait (3) - Attempt to lock a semaphore but don't suspend the thread.
SDL_SemWait (3) - Lock a semaphore and suspend the thread if the semaphore value is zero.
SDL_SemWaitTimeout (3) - Lock a semaphore, but only wait up to a specified maximum time.
SDL_SetColorKey (3) - Sets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface and RLE acceleration.
SDL_SetColors (3) - Sets a portion of the colormap for the given 8-bit surface.
SDL_SetPalette (3) - Sets the colors in the palette of an 8-bit surface.
SDL_SetVideoMode (3) - Set up a video mode with the specified width, height and bits-per-pixel.
SDL_ThreadID (3) - Get the 32-bit thread identifier for the current thread.
SDL_WM_GetCaption (3) - Gets the window title and icon name.
SDL_WaitEvent (3) - Waits indefinitely for the next available event.
SDL_WaitThread (3) - Wait for a thread to finish.
SDL_WarpMouse (3) - Set the position of the mouse cursor.
SDL_WasInit (3) - Check which subsystems are initialized
SELECT, TABLE, WITH (7) - retrieve rows from a table or view
SGBCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a real general band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm,
SGBEQU (3f) - row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M-by-N band matrix A and reduce its condition number
SGBSV (3f) - the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is a band matrix of order N with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
SGBTF2 (3f) - an LU factorization of a real m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
SGBTRF (3f) - an LU factorization of a real m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
SGBTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A * X = B or A\(aq * X = B with a general band matrix A using the LU factorization computed by SGBTRF
SGECON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a general real matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm, using the LU factorization computed by SGETRF
SGEEQU (3f) - row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M-by-N matrix A and reduce its condition number
SGEHD2 (3f) - a real general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SGEHRD (3f) - a real general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SGELS (3f) - overdetermined or underdetermined real linear systems involving an M-by-N matrix A, or its transpose, using a QR or LQ factorization of A
SGEQP3 (3f) - a QR factorization with column pivoting of a matrix A
SGESC2 (3f) - a system of linear equations A * X = scale* RHS with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization with complete pivoting computed by SGETC2
SGESDD (3f) - the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real M-by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and right singular vectors
SGESVD (3f) - the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real M-by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors
SGETC2 (3f) - an LU factorization with complete pivoting of the n-by-n matrix A
SGETF2 (3f) - an LU factorization of a general m-by-n matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
SGETRF (3f) - an LU factorization of a general M-by-N matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
SGETRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A * X = B or A\(aq * X = B with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization computed by SGETRF
SGGLSE (3f) - the linear equality-constrained least squares (LSE) problem
SGGSVD (3f) - the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of an M-by-N real matrix A and P-by-N real matrix B
SGTCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a real tridiagonal matrix A using the LU factorization as computed by SGTTRF
SGTTRF (3f) - an LU factorization of a real tridiagonal matrix A using elimination with partial pivoting and row interchanges
SHSEIN (3f) - inverse iteration to find specified right and/or left eigenvectors of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H
SHSEQR (3f) - compute the eigenvalues of a Hessenberg matrix H and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**T, where T is an upper quasi-triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the orthogonal matrix of Schur vectors
SLADIV (3f) - complex division in real arithmetic a + i*b p + i*q = --------- c + i*d The algorithm is due to Robert L
SLAEBZ (3f) - the iteration loops which compute and use the function N(w), which is the count of eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T less than or equal to its argument w
SLAED6 (3f) - the positive or negative root (closest to the origin) of z(1) z(2) z(3) f(x) = rho + --------- + ---------- + --------- d(1)-x d(2)-x d(3)-x It is assumed that if ORGATI = .true
SLAEDA (3f) - the Z vector corresponding to the merge step in the CURLVLth step of the merge process with TLVLS steps for the CURPBMth problem
SLAEIN (3f) - inverse iteration to find a right or left eigenvector corresponding to the eigenvalue (WR,WI) of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H
SLAEV2 (3f) - the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix [ A B ] [ B C ]
SLAEXC (3f) - adjacent diagonal blocks T11 and T22 of order 1 or 2 in an upper quasi-triangular matrix T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SLAG2 (3f) - the eigenvalues of a 2 x 2 generalized eigenvalue problem A - w B, with scaling as necessary to avoid over-/underflow
SLAHQR (3f) - i an auxiliary routine called by SHSEQR to update the eigenvalues and Schur decomposition already computed by SHSEQR, by dealing with the Hessenberg submatrix in rows and columns ILO to IHI
SLAIC1 (3f) - one step of incremental condition estimation in its simplest version
SLALN2 (3f) - a system of the form (ca A - w D ) X = s B or (ca A\(aq - w D) X = s B with possible scaling ("s") and perturbation of A
SLALS0 (3f) - back the multiplying factors of either the left or the right singular vector matrix of a diagonal matrix appended by a row to the right hand side matrix B in solving the least squares problem using the divide-and-conquer SVD approach
SLALSA (3f) - an itermediate step in solving the least squares problem by computing the SVD of the coefficient matrix in compact form (The singular vectors are computed as products of simple orthorgonal matrices.)
SLALSD (3f) - the singular value decomposition of A to solve the least squares problem of finding X to minimize the Euclidean norm of each column of A*X-B, where A is N-by-N upper bidiagonal, and X and B are N-by-NRHS
SLANGB (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n band matrix A, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals
SLANGE (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real matrix A
SLANGT (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real tridiagonal matrix A
SLANHS (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a Hessenberg matrix A
SLANSB (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n symmetric band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
SLANSP (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric matrix A, supplied in packed form
SLANST (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A
SLANSY (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric matrix A
SLANTB (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n triangular band matrix A, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals
SLANTP (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a triangular matrix A, supplied in packed form
SLANTR (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a trapezoidal or triangular matrix A
SLAQGB (3f) - a general M by N band matrix A with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
SLAQP2 (3f) - a QR factorization with column pivoting of the block A(OFFSET+1:M,1:N)
SLAQPS (3f) - a step of QR factorization with column pivoting of a real M-by-N matrix A by using Blas-3
SLAQR0 (3f) - compute the eigenvalues of a Hessenberg matrix H and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**T, where T is an upper quasi-triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the orthogonal matrix of Schur vectors
SLAQR4 (3f) - compute the eigenvalues of a Hessenberg matrix H and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**T, where T is an upper quasi-triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the orthogonal matrix of Schur vectors
SLARF (3f) - a real elementary reflector H to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
SLARFB (3f) - a real block reflector H or its transpose H\(aq to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
SLARFX (3f) - a real elementary reflector H to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
SLARRA (3f) - splitting points with threshold SPLTOL
SLARRB (3f) - relatively robust representation(RRR) L D L^T, SLARRB does "limited" bisection to refine the eigenvalues of L D L^T,
SLARRD (3f) - the eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T to suitable accuracy
SLARRE (3f) - the desired eigenvalues of a given real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T, SLARRE sets any "small" off-diagonal elements to zero, and for each unreduced block T_i, it finds (a) a suitable shift at one end of the block\(aqs spectrum,
SLARRF (3f) - initial representation L D L^T and its cluster of close eigenvalues (in a relative measure), W( CLSTRT ), W( CLSTRT+1 ), ..
SLARRJ (3f) - initial eigenvalue approximations of T, SLARRJ does bisection to refine the eigenvalues of T,
SLARRK (3f) - one eigenvalue of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T to suitable accuracy
SLARZ (3f) - a real elementary reflector H to a real M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
SLARZB (3f) - a real block reflector H or its transpose H**T to a real distributed M-by-N C from the left or the right
SLASD0 (3f) - divide and conquer approach, SLASD0 computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix B with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, where M = N + SQRE
SLASD4 (3f) - compute the square root of the I-th updated eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification to a positive diagonal matrix whose entries are given as the squares of the corresponding entries in the array d, and that 0 <= D(i) < D(j) for i < j and that RHO > 0
SLASD5 (3f) - compute the square root of the I-th eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification of a 2-by-2 diagonal matrix diag( D ) * diag( D ) + RHO The diagonal entries in the array D are assumed to satisfy 0 <= D(i) < D(j) for i < j
SLASDA (3f) - divide and conquer approach, SLASDA computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix B with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, where M = N + SQRE
SLASDQ (3f) - the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, accumulating the transformations if desired
SLASQ1 (3f) - the singular values of a real N-by-N bidiagonal matrix with diagonal D and off-diagonal E
SLASQ2 (3f) - all the eigenvalues of the symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix associated with the qd array Z to high relative accuracy are computed to high relative accuracy, in the absence of denormalization, underflow and overflow
SLASQ6 (3f) - one dqd (shift equal to zero) transform in ping-pong form, with protection against underflow and overflow
SLASV2 (3f) - the singular value decomposition of a 2-by-2 triangular matrix [ F G ] [ 0 H ]
SLATBS (3f) - one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A\(aq*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow, where A is an upper or lower triangular band matrix
SLATPS (3f) - one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A\(aq*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow, where A is an upper or lower triangular matrix stored in packed form
SLATRD (3f) - NB rows and columns of a real symmetric matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form by an orthogonal similarity transformation Q\(aq * A * Q, and returns the matrices V and W which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
SLATRS (3f) - one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A\(aq*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow
SOAP::Client (3p) - exists purely as a superclass for client classes declared by the various SOAP::Lite transport modules.
SOAP::Constants (3p) - SOAP::Lite provides several variables to allows programmers and users to modify the behavior of SOAP::Lite in specific ways.
SOAP::Data (3p) - this class provides the means by which to explicitly manipulate and control all aspects of the way in which Perl data gets expressed as SOAP data entities.
SOAP::Deserializer (3p) - the means by which the toolkit manages the conversion of XML into an object managable by a developer
SOAP::Lite (3p) - Perl's Web Services Toolkit
SOAP::Schema (3p) - provides an umbrella for the way in which SOAP::Lite manages service description schemas
SOAP::Serializer (3p) - the means by which the toolkit manages the expression of data as XML
SOAP::Test (3p) - Test framework for SOAP::Lite
SOAP::Trace (3p) - used only to manage and manipulate the runtime tracing of execution within the toolkit
SOAP::Transport::POP3 (3p) - Server side POP3 support for SOAP::Lite
SOAP::Utils (3p) - a utility package for SOAP::Lite
SOPMTR (3f) - the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
SORG2L (3f) - an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
SORG2R (3f) - an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
SORGL2 (3f) - an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
SORGLQ (3f) - an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
SORGQL (3f) - an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
SORGQR (3f) - an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
SORGR2 (3f) - an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
SORGRQ (3f) - an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
SORM2L (3f) - the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or Q\(aq* C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqT\(aq, or C * Q if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or C * Q\(aq if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqT\(aq,
SORM2R (3f) - the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or Q\(aq* C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqT\(aq, or C * Q if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or C * Q\(aq if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqT\(aq,
SORMBR (3f) - = \(aqQ\(aq, SORMBR overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
SORMHR (3f) - the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
SORML2 (3f) - the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or Q\(aq* C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqT\(aq, or C * Q if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or C * Q\(aq if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqT\(aq,
SORMLQ (3f) - the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
SORMQL (3f) - the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
SORMQR (3f) - the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
SORMR2 (3f) - the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or Q\(aq* C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqT\(aq, or C * Q if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or C * Q\(aq if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqT\(aq,
SORMR3 (3f) - the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or Q\(aq* C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqT\(aq, or C * Q if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or C * Q\(aq if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqT\(aq,
SORMRQ (3f) - the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
SORMRZ (3f) - the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
SORMTR (3f) - the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
SPBCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPBTRF
SPBEQU (3f) - row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite band matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
SPBRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SPBSTF (3f) - a split Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
SPBTF2 (3f) - the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
SPBTRF (3f) - the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
SPBTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite band matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPBTRF
SPOCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPOTRF
SPOEQU (3f) - row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
SPORFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite,
SPOTF2 (3f) - the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A
SPOTRF (3f) - the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A
SPOTRI (3f) - the inverse of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPOTRF
SPOTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPOTRF
SPPCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite packed matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPPTRF
SPPEQU (3f) - row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite matrix A in packed storage and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
SPPRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SPPTRF (3f) - the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A stored in packed format
SPPTRI (3f) - the inverse of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPPTRF
SPPTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite matrix A in packed storage using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPPTRF
SPTCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix using the factorization A = L*D*L**T or A = U**T*D*U computed by SPTTRF
SPTEQR (3f) - all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix by first factoring the matrix using SPTTRF, and then calling SBDSQR to compute the singular values of the bidiagonal factor
SPTRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SPTSV (3f) - the solution to a real system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
SPTSVX (3f) - the factorization A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
SPTTRF (3f) - the L*D*L\(aq factorization of a real symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix A
SQL::Abstract::Limit (3p) - portable LIMIT emulation
SQL::ReservedWords::SQLite (3p) - Reserved SQL words by SQLite
SSBGST (3f) - a real symmetric-definite banded generalized eigenproblem A*x = lambda*B*x to standard form C*y = lambda*y,
SSBGV (3f) - all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
SSBGVD (3f) - all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
SSBGVX (3f) - selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
SSBTRD (3f) - a real symmetric band matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SSPCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSPTRF
SSPGST (3f) - a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form, using packed storage
SSPGV (3f) - all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
SSPGVD (3f) - all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
SSPGVX (3f) - selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
SSPRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SSPTRD (3f) - a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed form to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SSPTRI (3f) - the inverse of a real symmetric indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSPTRF
SSPTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSPTRF
SSTEIN (3f) - the eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse iteration
SSTEQR (3f) - all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the implicit QL or QR method
SSTERF (3f) - all eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the Pal-Walker-Kahan variant of the QL or QR algorithm
SSYCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSYTRF
SSYGS2 (3f) - a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
SSYGST (3f) - a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
SSYGV (3f) - all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
SSYGVD (3f) - all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
SSYGVX (3f) - selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
SSYRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SSYTD2 (3f) - a real symmetric matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SSYTRD (3f) - a real symmetric matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SSYTRI (3f) - the inverse of a real symmetric indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSYTRF
SSYTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a real symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSYTRF
STBCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
STBRFS (3f) - error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular band coefficient matrix
STGEXC (3f) - the generalized real Schur decomposition of a real matrix pair (A,B) using an orthogonal equivalence transformation (A, B) = Q * (A, B) * Z\(aq,
STGSEN (3f) - the generalized real Schur decomposition of a real matrix pair (A, B) (in terms of an orthonormal equivalence trans- formation Q\(aq * (A, B) * Z), so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the upper quasi-triangular matrix A and the upper triangular B
STGSJA (3f) - the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of two real upper triangular (or trapezoidal) matrices A and B
STGSNA (3f) - reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or eigenvectors of a matrix pair (A, B) in generalized real Schur canonical form (or of any matrix pair (Q*A*Z\(aq, Q*B*Z\(aq) with orthogonal matrices Q and Z, where Z\(aq denotes the transpose of Z
STPCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a packed triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
STPRFS (3f) - error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular packed coefficient matrix
STRCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
STREXC (3f) - the real Schur factorization of a real matrix A = Q*T*Q**T, so that the diagonal block of T with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
STRRFS (3f) - error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular coefficient matrix
STRSNA (3f) - reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or right eigenvectors of a real upper quasi-triangular matrix T (or of any matrix Q*T*Q**T with Q orthogonal)
SVG::Element (3p) - Generate the element bits for SVG.pm
SVG::XML (3p) - Handle the XML generation bits for SVG.pm
Set::Object::Weak (3p) - Sets without the referant reference increment
Siege (7) - was designed orignally as a internet usage simulator. In short, its role was to simulate the activity of many simultaneous users hitting a HTTP server. We were debugging some java code and during that process we arrived at a point where the code could withstand an acceptable number of users hitting a single URL but it could not withstand the seemingly random activity that characterizes many users hitting many URLs on a webserver. In order to debug the problem in a lab environment, I developed a program that simply read a bunch of URLs ( we used images, scripts, static html, jsps, etc. ) into memory and hit them randomly. The result was a success. We were able to break the code in the lab, an occurance which ultimately allowed us to fix it and put it into production. As the developers code improved, siege improved until we ultimately had good java code and a pretty decent regression tool. It was helpful for us, I hope it is helpful to you. In order to feel comfortable putting code into production, you need a way to measure its performance and to determine its threshold for failure. If you break your database pool at 250 simultaneous users and you average less then one-hundred simultaneous users and the code performs favorably, you can feel good about putting it into production. At the same time, if you should monitor trends in your site's activity and prepare for the moment when your traffic starts to near your threshold for failure. As a webdeveloper or websystems administrator you have little to no control over your user group. They can visit your site anytime day or night. Your domain name could resemble a popular site, yoohoo.com? And when was the last time marketing informed you about an approaching advertising blitz? You must be prepared for anything. That is why stress and performance testing is so importantwould not recommend putting anything into production until you have a good feel for how it will perform under duress.
String::Similarity (3p) - calculate the similarity of two strings
Sub::Exporter::Tutorial (3p) - a friendly guide to exporting with Sub::Exporter
Sub::Exporter::Util (3p) - utilities to make Sub::Exporter easier
TIFFDefaultStripSize, TIFFStripSize, TIFFVStripSize, TIFFRawStripSize, TIFFComputeStrip, TIFFNumberOfStrips (3) - strip-related utility routines
TIFFFindCODEC, TIFFRegisterCODEC, TIFFUnRegisterCODEC, TIFFIsCODECConfigured (3) - codec-related utility routines
TIFFFlush, TIFFFlushData (3) - flush pending writes to an open TIFF file
TIFFGetBitRevTable, TIFFReverseBits, TIFFSwabShort, TIFFSwabLong, TIFFSwabArrayOfShort, TIFFSwabArrayOfLong (3) - byte- and bit-swapping routines
TIFFOpen, TIFFFdOpen, TIFFClientOpen (3) - open a TIFF file for reading or writing
TIFFReadBufferSetup, TIFFWriteBufferSetup (3) - I/O buffering control routines
TIFFScanlineSize, TIFFRasterScanlineSize, (3) - return the size of various items associated with an open TIFF file
TIFFSetField, TIFFVSetField (3) - set the value(s) of a tag in a TIFF file open for writing
TIFFTileSize, TIFFTileRowSize, TIFFVTileSize, TIFFDefaultTileSize, TIFFComputeTile, TIFFCheckTile, TIFFNumberOfTiles (3) - tile-related utility routines
TIFFWriteDirectory, TIFFRewriteDirectory, TIFFCheckpointDirectory (3) - write the current directory in an open TIFF file
TIFFWriteRawStrip (3) - write a strip of raw data to an open TIFF file
TIFFWriteRawTile (3) - write a tile of raw data to an open TIFF file
TIFFWriteScanline (3) - write a scanline to an open TIFF file
TIFFWriteTile (3) - encode and write a tile of data to an open TIFF file
TIFFWritedEncodedStrip (3) - compress and write a strip of data to an open TIFF file
TIFFWritedEncodedTile (3) - compress and write a tile of data to an open TIFF file
TIFFYCbCrToRGBInit, TIFFYCbCrtoRGB, TIFFCIELabToRGBInit, TIFFCIELabToXYZ, TIFFXYZToRGB (3) - color conversion routines.
Template (3p) - Front-end module to the Template Toolkit
Template::Base (3p) - Base class module implementing common functionality
Template::Constants (3p) - Defines constants for the Template Toolkit
Template::FAQ (3p) - Frequently Asked Questions about the Template Toolkit
Template::Iterator (3p) - Data iterator used by the FOREACH directive
Template::Manual (3p) - User guide and reference manual for the Template Toolkit
Template::Manual::Credits (3p) - Author and contributor credits
Template::Manual::Internals (3p) - Template Toolkit internals
Template::Manual::Intro (3p) - Introduction to the Template Toolkit
Template::Manual::Views (3p) - Template Toolkit views (experimental)
Template::Modules (3p) - Core modules comprising the Template Toolkit
Template::Plugin (3p) - Base class for Template Toolkit plugins
Template::Plugin::Class (3p) - allow calling of class methods on arbitrary classes
Template::Plugin::Iterator (3p) - Plugin to create iterators (Template::Iterator)
Template::Provider::Encoding (3p) - Explicitly declare encodings of your templates
Template::Stash::Context (3p) - Experimetal stash allowing list/scalar context definition
Template::Stash::XS (3p) - High-speed variable stash written in C
Template::Timer (3p) - Rudimentary profiling for Template Toolkit
Template::Toolkit (3p) - Template processing system
Template::Tutorial (3p) - Template Toolkit Tutorials
Template::Tutorial::Datafile (3p) - Creating Data Output Files Using the Template Toolkit
Template::Tutorial::Web (3p) - Generating Web Content Using the Template Toolkit
Term::Screen (3p) - A Simple all perl Term::Cap based screen positioning module
Term::ScreenColor (3p) - Screen positioning and coloring module for Perl
Test::LongString (3p) - tests strings for equality, with more helpful failures
Test::NoWarnings (3p) - Make sure you didn't emit any warnings while testing
Text::PDF::Array (3p) - Corresponds to a PDF array. Inherits from PDF::Objind
Text::PDF::Dict (3p) - PDF Dictionaries and Streams. Inherits from PDF::Objind
Text::PDF::Name (3p) - Inherits from Text::PDF::String and stores PDF names (things beginning with /)
Text::PDF::Number (3p) - Numbers in PDF. Inherits from Text::PDF::String
Text::PDF::Page (3p) - Represents a PDF page, inherits from Text::PDF::Pages
Text::PDF::Pages (3p) - a PDF pages hierarchical element. Inherits from Text::PDF::Dict
Text::PDF::SFont (3p) - PDF Standard inbuilt font resource object. Inherits from Text::PDF::Dict
Text::PDF::TTFont (3p) - Inherits from Text::PDF::Dict and represents a TrueType font within a PDF file.
Text::PDF::TTFont0 (3p) - Inherits from PDF::Dict and represents a TrueType Type 0 font within a PDF file.
Text::PDF::Utils (3p) - Utility functions for PDF library
Text::Template (3p) - Expand template text with embedded Perl
Text::Template::Preprocess (3p) - Expand template text with embedded Perl
Text::Unidecode (3p) -- US-ASCII transliterations of Unicode text
The (1) - Zsh Manual, like the shell itself, is large and often complicated. This section of the manual provides some pointers to areas of the shell that are likely to be of particular interest to new users, and indicates where in the rest of the manual the documentation is to be found.
The (3) - MP4 library is focussed on providing an easy to use API for the mp4 file format. It has been used with an encoder, a server, a player, and a number of mp4 utilities. However, it may not be adequate for multimedia editors that wish to work directly with mp4 files. It can be used by these type of tools to export an mp4 file. (The library is open source so contributions of extensions to the library are welcome.)
The (3) - basic structure of an mp4 file is that the file is a container for one or more tracks. These tracks contain one type of media, such as audio or video. Each track has its own timeline, samples, and properties. An example of a sample is a frame of video. The file describes how to synchronize the timelines of the tracks and the aggregate properties of the tracks.
The (3p) - ambiguity of allowing both positional and keyword forms should now be apparent. In this example,
The (3p) - constructor accepts named parameters corresponding to the class's attributes and uses them to initialize an object instance.
The (3p) - main case where a subclass needs its own 'new' method is if it wishes to allow positional arguments. In this case, the subclass 'new' is responsible for is responsible for recognizing that positional arguments are being used (if the class permits keyword arguments also), and converting the positional arguments into keyword, value form. At this point, the method can simply call AutoClass::new with the converted argument list.
The (3p) - plugin allows rules to contain regular expression tags to be used in regular expression rules. The tags make it much easier to maintain complicated rules.
The (3p) - process itself is quite complex, and so for convenience and extensibility it has been separated into a number of layers. At a later point, it will be possible to write Plugin classes to insert additional normalization steps into the various different layers.
The (3p) - subclass should not generally call SUPER::new as this would force redundant argument processing in any super-class that also has its own new. It would also force the super-class new to be smart enough to handle positional as well as keyword parameters, which as we've noted is inherently ambiguous.
The MP4 library provides an API to create and modify mp4 files as defined by ISO (3) -IEC:14496-1:2001 MPEG-4 Systems. This file format is derived from Apple's QuickTime file format that has been used as a multimedia file format in a variety of platforms and applications. It is a very powerful and extensible format that can accomodate practically any type of media.
These (3p) - properties can include a read/write flag, a type, accessor method names, delegations, a default value, and more.
This (3p) - document is under construction. The information is believed to be pertinent to the version of ""portableTk"" available when it was created. All the details are subject to change.
This (3p) - information is worse than useless for ""perlTk"" users, but can of some help for people interested in using modified Tk source with ""perlTk"".
This (3p) - is where Mail::IMAPClient::MessageSet comes in. It will convert your message set into the shortest correct syntax. This could potentially save you tons of network I/O, as in the case where you want to fetch the flags for all messages in a 10000 message folder, where the messages are all numbered sequentially. Delimited as commas, and making the best-case assumption that the first message is message ``1'', it would take 48893 bytes to specify the whole message set using the comma-delimited method. To specify it as a range, it takes just seven bytes (1:10000). To illustrate, let's take the trivial example of a search that returns these message uids: 1,3,4,5,6,9,10, as follows:
This (3p) - program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the same terms as Perl itself.
This module presents an object-oriented interface into handling your message sets. The object reference returned by the new method is an overloaded reference to a scalar variable that contains the message set's compact RFC2060 representation. The object is overloaded so that using it like a string returns this compact message set representation. You can also add messages to the set (using either a '.=' operator or a '+=' operator) or remove messages (with the ' (3p) -=' operator). And if you use it as an array reference, it will humor you and act like one by calling unfold for you. (But you need perl 5.6 or above to do this.)
Tie::EncryptedHash (3p) - Hashes (and objects based on hashes) with encrypting fields.
Time::Clock (3p) - Twenty-four hour clock object with nanosecond precision.
Time::Period (3p) - A Perl module to deal with time periods.
Tk (3p) - a graphical user interface toolkit for Perl
Tk::Bitmap (3p) - Images that display two colors
Tk::BrowseEntry (3p) - entry widget with popup choices.
Tk::CmdLine (3p) - Process standard X11 command line options and set initial resources
Tk::ColorEditor (3p) - a general purpose Tk widget Color Editor
Tk::ConfigSpecs (3p) - Defining behaviour of 'configure' for composite widgets.
Tk::DItem (3p) - Tix Display Items
Tk::Dialog (3p) - Create modal dialog and wait for a response.
Tk::DropSite (3p) - Receive side of Drag & Drop abstraction
Tk::Event (3p) - ToolKit for Events
Tk::Menu::Item (3p) - Base class for Menu items
Tk::Mwm (3p) - Communicate with the Motif(tm) window manager.
Tk::NoteBook (3p) - display several windows in limited space with notebook metaphor.
Tk::Scrolled (3p) - Create a widget with attached scrollbar(s)
Tk::SlideSwitch (3p) - a 2 position horizontal or vertical switch.
Tk::TextUndo (3p) - perl/tk text widget with bindings to undo changes.
Tk::Tiler (3p) - Scrollable frame with sub-widgets arranged into rows
Tk::Wm (3p) - Communicate with window manager
Tk::composite (3p) - Defining a new composite widget class
Tk::event (3p) - Miscellaneous event facilities: define virtual events and generate events
Tk::exit (3p) - End the application
Tk::fileevent (3p) - Execute a callback when a filehandle becomes readable or writable
Tk::mega (3p) - Perl/Tk support for writing widgets in pure Perl
Tk::pack (3p) - Geometry manager that packs around edges of cavity
Tk::tixWm (3p) - Tix's addition to the standard TK wm command.
To correctly initialize objects that participate in multiple inheritance, we use a technqiue described in Chapter 10 of Paul Fenwick's excellent tutorial on Object Oriented Perl (see http://perltraining.com.au/notes/perloo.pdf). (We experimented with Damian Conway's interesting NEXT pseudo-pseudo-class discussed in Chapter 11 of Fenwick's tutorial available in CPAN at http://search.cpan.org/author/DCONWAY/NEXT (3p) -0.50/lib/NEXT.pm, but could not get it to traverse the inheritance structure in the correct, top-down order.)
Traits (5) - Lists the traits used by the Motif Toolkit.
Tree::Simple::Visitor (3p) - Visitor object for Tree::Simple objects
Tree::Simple::Visitor::BreadthFirstTraversal (3p) - A Visitor for breadth-first traversal a Tree::Simple hierarchy
Tree::Simple::Visitor::CreateDirectoryTree (3p) - A Visitor for create a set of directories and files from a Tree::Simple object
Tree::Simple::Visitor::FindByNodeValue (3p) - A Visitor for finding an element in a Tree::Simple hierarchy by node value
Tree::Simple::Visitor::FindByPath (3p) - A Visitor for finding an element in a Tree::Simple hierarchy with a path
Tree::Simple::Visitor::FindByUID (3p) - A Visitor for finding an element in a Tree::Simple hierarchy by UID
Tree::Simple::Visitor::FromNestedArray (3p) - A Visitor for creating Tree::Simple objects from nested array trees.
Tree::Simple::Visitor::FromNestedHash (3p) - A Visitor for creating Tree::Simple objects from nested hash trees.
Tree::Simple::Visitor::GetAllDescendents (3p) - A Visitor for fetching all the descendents of a Tree::Simple object
Tree::Simple::Visitor::LoadClassHierarchy (3p) - A Visitor for loading class hierarchies into a Tree::Simple hierarchy
Tree::Simple::Visitor::LoadDirectoryTree (3p) - A Visitor for loading the contents of a directory into a Tree::Simple object
Tree::Simple::Visitor::PathToRoot (3p) - A Visitor for finding the path back a Tree::Simple object's root
Tree::Simple::Visitor::PostOrderTraversal (3p) - A Visitor for post-order traversal a Tree::Simple hierarchy
Tree::Simple::Visitor::PreOrderTraversal (3p) - A Visitor for pre-order traversal a Tree::Simple hierarchy
Tree::Simple::Visitor::Sort (3p) - A Visitor for sorting a Tree::Simple object heirarchy
Tree::Simple::Visitor::ToNestedArray (3p) - A Visitor for creating nested array trees from Tree::Simple objects.
Tree::Simple::Visitor::ToNestedHash (3p) - A Visitor for creating nested hash trees from Tree::Simple objects.
Tree::Simple::Visitor::VariableDepthClone (3p) - A Visitor for cloning parts of Tree::Simple hierarchy
Tree::Simple::VisitorFactory (3p) - A factory object for dispensing Visitor objects
UDDI::Lite (3p) - Library for UDDI clients in Perl
URI::Find (3p) - Find URIs in arbitrary text
URI::Find::Schemeless (3p) - Find schemeless URIs in arbitrary text.
URI::QueryParam (3p) - Additional query methods for URIs
URI::Split (3p) - Parse and compose URI strings
URI::WithBase (3p) - URIs which remember their base
Uil (3) - Invokes the UIL compiler from within an application
Unicode::Map8 (3p) - Mapping table between 8-bit chars and Unicode
Unicode::MapUTF8 (3p) - Conversions to and from arbitrary character sets and UTF8
Warning: (3p) - This plugin replies on data structures specific to this version of SpamAssasin; it is not guaranteed to work with other versions of SpamAssassin.
We (3p) - also allow the argument list to be an object. This is often used in new to accomplish what a C++ programmer would call a cast. In simple cases, the object is just treated as a HASH ref and its attributes are passed to a the method as keyword, value pairs. The keyword => value notation is just a Perl shorthand for stating two list members with the first one quoted. Thus,
We (3p) - can get away with this, because we encourage method writers to choose between positional and keyword argument lists. If a method uses positional arguments, it will interpret
With (3p) - Moose, this ""new()"" method is created for you, and it simply does the right thing. You should never need to define your own constructor!
With (3p) - old school Perl 5, this is the ""DESTROY()"" method, but with Moose it is the ""DEMOLISH()"" method. An object instance is a specific noun in the class's ``category''. For example, one specific Person or User. An instance is created by the class's constructor.
X11::Auth (3p) - Perl module to read X11 authority files
XML::DOM::AttDef (3p) - A single XML attribute definition in an ATTLIST in XML::DOM
XML::DOM::DocumentFragment (3p) - Facilitates cut & paste in XML::DOM documents
XML::DOM::Entity (3p) - An XML ENTITY in XML::DOM
XML::DOM::EntityReference (3p) - An XML ENTITY reference in XML::DOM
XML::Handler::CanonXMLWriter (3p) - output XML in canonical XML format
XML::Handler::XMLWriter (3p) - a PerlSAX handler for writing readable XML
XML::LibXML::ErrNo (3p) - Structured Errors This module is based on xmlerror.h libxml2 C header file. It defines symbolic constants for all libxml2 error codes. Currently libxml2 uses over 480 different error codes. See also XML::LibXML::Error.
XML::LibXML::Literal (3p) - Simple string values.
XML::LibXML::Parser (3p) - Parsing XML Data with XML::LibXML
XML::Parser::Lite (3p) - Lightweight regexp-based XML parser
XML::SAX::Expat::Incremental (3p) - XML::SAX::Expat subclass for non-blocking (incremental) parsing, with XML::Parser::ExpatNB.
XML::SAX::Intro (3p) - An Introduction to SAX Parsing with Perl
XML::SAX::PurePerl (3p) - Pure Perl XML Parser with SAX2 interface
XML::SAX::Writer (3p) - SAX2 Writer
XML::SAX::Writer::XML (3p) - SAX2 XML Writer
XML::Sablotron::Situation::DOMHandlerDispatcher (3p) - Perl sample implementation of the Sablotron DOMHandler callback interface
XML::Stream::Node (3p) - Functions to make building and parsing the tree easier to work with.
XML::Stream::Tree (3p) - Functions to make building and parsing the tree easier to work with.
XML::Writer (3p) - Perl extension for writing XML documents.
XML::XPath::Literal (3p) - Simple string values.
XMLRPC::Lite (3p) - client and server implementation of XML-RPC protocol
XMLRPC::Test (3p) - Test framework for XMLRPC::Lite
XMLRPC::Transport::HTTP (3p) - Server/Client side HTTP support for XMLRPC::Lite
XMLRPC::Transport::POP3 (3p) - Server side POP3 support for XMLRPC::Lite
XMLRPC::Transport::TCP (3p) - Server/Client side TCP support for XMLRPC::Lite
XmAddTabGroup (3) - A function that adds a manager or a primitive widget to the list of tab groups
XmClipboardCopy (3) - A clipboard function that copies a data item to temporary storage for later copying to clipboard
XmClipboardCopyByName (3) - A clipboard function that copies a data item passed by name
XmClipboardInquireCount (3) - A clipboard function that returns the number of data item formats
XmClipboardInquirePendingItems (3) - A clipboard function that returns a list of data ID/private ID pairs
XmClipboardRetrieve (3) - A clipboard function that retrieves a data item from the clipboard
XmClipboardUndoCopy (3) - A clipboard function that deletes the last item placed on the clipboard
XmClipboardWithdrawFormat (3) - A clipboard function that indicates that the application no longer wants to supply a data item
XmComboBoxAddItem (3) - add an item to the ComboBox widget
XmComboBoxDeletePos (3) - Delete a XmComboBox item
XmComboBoxSelectItem (3) - select a XmComboBox item
XmComboBoxSetItem (3) - set an item in the XmComboBox list
XmContainerCut (3) - Container widget function to move items to the clipboard
XmContainerGetItemChildren (3) - Container widget function to find all children of an item
XmContainerPaste (3) - Container widget function to insert items from the clipboard
XmConvertStringToUnits (3) - A function that converts a string specification to a unit value
XmConvertUnits (3) - A function that converts a value in one unit type to another unit type
XmCvtStringToUnitType (3) - A function that converts a string to a unit-type value
XmDataFieldGetSelectionPosition (3) - A DataField function that accesses the position of the primary selection
XmDataFieldSetEditable (3) - A DataField function that sets the edit permission
XmDataFieldSetInsertionPosition (3) - A DataField function that sets the position of the insertion cursor
XmDataFieldXYToPos (3) - A DataField function that accesses the character position nearest an x and y position
XmDeactivateProtocol (3) - A VendorShell function that deactivates a protocol without removing it
XmDeactivateWMProtocol (3) - A VendorShell convenience interface that deactivates a protocol without removing it
XmDragStart (3) - A Drag and Drop function that initiates a drag and drop transaction
XmDropSite (3) - The DropSite Registry
XmDropSiteConfigureStackingOrder (3) - A Drag and Drop function that reorders a stack of widgets that are registered drop sites
XmDropSiteEndUpdate (3) - A Drag and Drop function that facilitates processing updates to multiple drop sites
XmDropSiteQueryStackingOrder (3) - A Drag and Drop function that returns the parent, a list of children, and the number of children for a specified widget
XmDropSiteRegister (3) - A Drag and Drop function that identifies a drop site and assigns resources that specify its behavior
XmDropSiteRegistered (3) - A Drag and Drop function that determines if a drop site has been registered
XmDropSiteRetrieve (3) - A Drag and Drop function that retrieves resource values set on a drop site
XmDropSiteStartUpdate (3) - A Drag and Drop function that facilitates processing updates to multiple drop sites
XmDropSiteUnregister (3) - A Drag and Drop function that frees drop site information
XmDropSiteUpdate (3) - A Drag and Drop function that sets resource values for a drop site
XmDropTransferAdd (3) - A Drag and Drop function that enables additional drop transfer entries to be processed after initiating a drop transfer
XmDropTransferStart (3) - A Drag and Drop function that initiates a drop transfer
XmFileSelectionDoSearch (3) - A FileSelectionBox function that initiates a directory search
XmFontListFreeFontContext (3) - A font list function that instructs the toolkit that the font list context is no longer needed
XmFontListInitFontContext (3) - A font list function that allows applications to access the entries in a font list
XmGetDragContext (3) - A Drag and Drop function that retrieves the DragContext widget ID associated with a timestamp
XmGetPixmap (3) - A pixmap caching function that generates a pixmap, stores it in a pixmap cache, and returns the pixmap
XmGetPixmapByDepth (3) - A pixmap caching function that generates a pixmap, stores it in a pixmap cache, and returns the pixmap
XmGetScaledPixmap (3) - read a pixmap file and scale it according to pixmap and print resolution
XmGetVisibility (3) - A function that determines if a widget is visible
XmHierarchyGetChildNodes (3) - A List function that returns all instances of an item in the list
XmImCloseXIM (3) - An input manager function that releases the input method associated with a specified widget
XmImGetXIM (3) - An input manager function that retrieves the input method associated with a specified widget
XmImRegister (3) - An input manager function that registers a widget with an input manager
XmImSetXIC (3) - An input manager function that registers an existing XIC with a widget
XmImUnregister (3) - An input manager function that removes a widget from association with its input manager
XmListAddItem (3) - A List function that adds an item to the list
XmListAddItemUnselected (3) - A List function that adds an item to the list
XmListAddItems (3) - A List function that adds items to the list
XmListAddItemsUnselected (3) - A List function that adds items to a list
XmListDeleteAllItems (3) - A List function that deletes all items from the list
XmListDeleteItem (3) - A List function that deletes an item from the list
XmListDeleteItems (3) - A List function that deletes items from the list
XmListDeleteItemsPos (3) - A List function that deletes items from the list starting at the given position
XmListDeletePos (3) - A List function that deletes an item from a list at a specified position
XmListDeletePositions (3) - A List function that deletes items from a list based on an array of positions
XmListDeselectAllItems (3) - A List function that unhighlights and removes all items from the selected list
XmListDeselectItem (3) - A List function that deselects the specified item from the selected list
XmListDeselectPos (3) - A List function that deselects an item at a specified position in the list
XmListGetKbdItemPos (3) - A List function that returns the position of the item at the location cursor
XmListGetMatchPos (3) - A List function that returns all instances of an item in the list
XmListGetSelectedPos (3) - A List function that returns the position of every selected item in the list
XmListItemExists (3) - A List function that checks if a specified item is in the list
XmListItemPos (3) - A List function that returns the position of an item in the list
XmListPosSelected (3) - A List function that determines if the list item at a specified position is selected
XmListPosToBounds (3) - A List function that returns the bounding box of an item at a specified position in a list
XmListReplaceItems (3) - A List function that replaces the specified elements in the list
XmListReplaceItemsPos (3) - A List function that replaces the specified elements in the list
XmListReplaceItemsPosUnselected (3) - A List function that replaces items in a list without selecting the replacement items
XmListReplaceItemsUnselected (3) - A List function that replaces items in a list
XmListReplacePositions (3) - A List function that replaces items in a list based on position
XmListSelectItem (3) - A List function that selects an item in the list
XmListSelectPos (3) - A List function that selects an item at a specified position in the list
XmListSetBottomItem (3) - A List function that makes an existing item the last visible item in the list
XmListSetBottomPos (3) - A List function that makes a specified item the last visible item in the list
XmListSetHorizPos (3) - A List function that scrolls to the specified position in the list
XmListSetItem (3) - A List function that makes an existing item the first visible item in the list
XmListSetKbdItemPos (3) - A List function that sets the location cursor at a specified position
XmListSetPos (3) - A List function that makes the item at the given position the first visible position in the list
XmListUpdateSelectedList (3) - A List function that updates the XmNselectedItems resource
XmListYToPos (3) - A List function that returns the position of the item at a specified y-coordinate
XmMapSegmentEncoding (3) - A compound string function that returns the compound text encoding format associated with the specified font list tag
XmMenuPosition (3) - A RowColumn function that positions a Popup menu pane
XmMultiListDeselectItems (3) - A MultiList function that deselects items in the list by matching column entries
XmMultiListSelectAllItems (3) - an MultiList function that selects all rows of the list
XmMultiListSelectItems (3) - A MultiList function that selects items in the list by matching column entries
XmMultiListUnselectAllItems (3) - an MultiList function that deselects all rows of the list
XmMultiListUnselectItem (3) - An MultiList function that deselects the specified item of the list
XmObjectAtPoint (3) - A toolkit function that determines which child intersects or comes closest to a specified point
XmPrimitive (3) - The Primitive widget class
XmRedisplayWidget (3) - Synchronously activates the expose method of a widget to draw its content
XmRenderTableAddRenditions (3) - Creates a new render table
XmRenderTableCopy (3) - A render table function that copies renditions
XmRenderTableGetRendition (3) - A convenience function that matches a rendition tag
XmRenderTableGetRenditions (3) - A convenience function that matches rendition tags
XmRenderTableGetTags (3) - A convenience function that gets rendition tags
XmRenderTableRemoveRenditions (3) - A convenience function that removes renditions
XmRendition (3) - The Rendition registry
XmRenditionCreate (3) - A convenience function that creates a rendition
XmRenditionFree (3) - A convenience function that frees a rendition
XmRenditionRetrieve (3) - A convenience function that retrieves rendition resources
XmRenditionUpdate (3) - A convenience function that modifies resources
XmRepTypeValidValue (3) - A representation type manager function that tests the validity of a numerical value of a representation type resource
XmResolveAllPartOffsets (3) - A function that allows writing of upward-compatible applications and widgets
XmResolvePartOffsets (3) - A function that allows writing of upward-compatible applications and widgets
XmScaleGetValue (3) - A Scale function that returns the current slider position
XmScrollBarSetValues (3) - A ScrollBar function that changes ScrollBar's increment values and the slider's size and position
XmSetFontUnit (3) - A function that sets the font unit value for a display
XmSetFontUnits (3) - A function that sets the font unit value for a display
XmSimpleSpinBoxAddItem (3) - add an item to the XmSimpleSpinBox
XmSimpleSpinBoxDeletePos (3) - delete a XmSimpleSpinBox item
XmSimpleSpinBoxSetItem (3) - set an item in the XmSimpleSpinBox list
XmSpinBoxValidatePosition (3) - translate the current value of the specified XmSpinBox child into a valid position
XmStringComponentCreate (3) - A compound string function that creates arbitrary components
XmStringFree (3) - A compound string function that conditionally deallocates memory
XmStringHasSubstring (3) - A compound string function that indicates whether one compound string is contained within another
XmStringInitContext (3) - A compound string function that creates a data structure for scanning an XmString component by component
XmStringPutRendition (3) - A convenience function that places renditions around strings
XmTabListReplacePositions (3) - A convenience function that creates a new tab list with replacement tabs
XmTargetsAreCompatible (3) - A function that tests whether the target types match between a drop site and source object
XmTextFieldGetBaseline (3) - A TextField function that accesses the y position of the baseline
XmTextFieldGetEditable (3) - A TextField function that accesses the edit permission state
XmTextFieldGetInsertionPosition (3) - A TextField function that accesses the position of the insertion cursor
XmTextFieldGetLastPosition (3) - A TextField function that accesses the position of the last text character
XmTextFieldGetSelectionPosition (3) - A TextField function that accesses the position of the primary selection
XmTextFieldPosToXY (3) - A TextField function that accesses the x and y position of a character position
XmTextFieldSetEditable (3) - A TextField function that sets the edit permission
XmTextFieldSetInsertionPosition (3) - A TextField function that sets the position of the insertion cursor
XmTextFieldShowPosition (3) - A TextField function that forces text at a given position to be displayed
XmTextFieldXYToPos (3) - A TextField function that accesses the character position nearest an x and y position
XmTextFindString (3) - A Text function that finds the beginning position of a text string
XmTextFindStringWcs (3) - A Text function that finds the beginning position of a wide character text string
XmTextGetBaseline (3) - A Text function that accesses the y position of the baseline
XmTextGetCenterline (3) - Return the height (length) of a character string when the writing direction is vertical
XmTextGetEditable (3) - A Text function that accesses the edit permission state
XmTextGetInsertionPosition (3) - A Text function that accesses the position of the insert cursor
XmTextGetLastPosition (3) - A Text function that accesses the last position in the text
XmTextGetSelectionPosition (3) - A Text function that accesses the position of the primary selection
XmTextGetTopCharacter (3) - A Text function that accesses the position of the first character displayed
XmTextPosToXY (3) - A Text function that accesses the x and y position of a character position
XmTextPosition (3) - Data type for a character position within a text string
XmTextSetEditable (3) - A Text function that sets the edit permission
XmTextSetInsertionPosition (3) - A Text function that sets the position of the insert cursor
XmTextSetTopCharacter (3) - A Text function that sets the position of the first character displayed
XmTextShowPosition (3) - A Text function that forces text at a given position to be displayed
XmTextXYToPos (3) - A Text function that accesses the character position nearest an x and y position
XmTrackingEvent (3) - A Toolkit function that provides a modal interaction
XmTrackingLocate (3) - A Toolkit function that provides a modal interaction
XmTransferDone (3) - A toolkit function that completes a data transfer
XmTransferSendRequest (3) - A toolkit function that transfers a MULTIPLE request
XmTransferSetParameters (3) - A toolkit function that establishes parameters to be passed by the next call to XmTransferValue
XmTransferStartRequest (3) - A toolkit function that begins a MULTIPLE transfer
XmTransferValue (3) - A toolkit function that transfers data to a destination
YAML::Any (3p) - Pick a YAML implementation and use it.
ZBDSQR (3f) - the singular values and, optionally, the right and/or left singular vectors from the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B using the implicit zero-shift QR algorithm
ZGBBRD (3f) - a complex general m-by-n band matrix A to real upper bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
ZGBCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex general band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm,
ZGBEQU (3f) - row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M-by-N band matrix A and reduce its condition number
ZGBSV (3f) - the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is a band matrix of order N with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
ZGBTF2 (3f) - an LU factorization of a complex m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
ZGBTRF (3f) - an LU factorization of a complex m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
ZGBTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B with a general band matrix A using the LU factorization computed by ZGBTRF
ZGEBD2 (3f) - a complex general m by n matrix A to upper or lower real bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
ZGEBRD (3f) - a general complex M-by-N matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
ZGECON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a general complex matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm, using the LU factorization computed by ZGETRF
ZGEEQU (3f) - row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M-by-N matrix A and reduce its condition number
ZGEHD2 (3f) - a complex general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by a unitary similarity transformation
ZGEHRD (3f) - a complex general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by an unitary similarity transformation
ZGELS (3f) - overdetermined or underdetermined complex linear systems involving an M-by-N matrix A, or its conjugate-transpose, using a QR or LQ factorization of A
ZGEQP3 (3f) - a QR factorization with column pivoting of a matrix A
ZGESC2 (3f) - a system of linear equations A * X = scale* RHS with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization with complete pivoting computed by ZGETC2
ZGESDD (3f) - the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a complex M-by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors, by using divide-and-conquer method
ZGESVD (3f) - the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a complex M-by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors
ZGETF2 (3f) - an LU factorization of a general m-by-n matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
ZGETRF (3f) - an LU factorization of a general M-by-N matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
ZGETRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization computed by ZGETRF
ZGGHRD (3f) - a pair of complex matrices (A,B) to generalized upper Hessenberg form using unitary transformations, where A is a general matrix and B is upper triangular
ZGGLSE (3f) - the linear equality-constrained least squares (LSE) problem
ZGGSVD (3f) - the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of an M-by-N complex matrix A and P-by-N complex matrix B
ZGGSVP (3f) - unitary matrices U, V and Q such that N-K-L K L U\(aq*A*Q = K ( 0 A12 A13 ) if M-K-L >= 0
ZGTCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex tridiagonal matrix A using the LU factorization as computed by ZGTTRF
ZGTTRF (3f) - an LU factorization of a complex tridiagonal matrix A using elimination with partial pivoting and row interchanges
ZHBEV (3f) - all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
ZHBEVD (3f) - all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
ZHBEVX (3f) - selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
ZHBGST (3f) - a complex Hermitian-definite banded generalized eigenproblem A*x = lambda*B*x to standard form C*y = lambda*y,
ZHBGV (3f) - all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
ZHBGVD (3f) - all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
ZHBGVX (3f) - all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
ZHBTRD (3f) - a complex Hermitian band matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
ZHECON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHETRF
ZHEEV (3f) - all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
ZHEEVD (3f) - all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
ZHEEVR (3f) - selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
ZHEEVX (3f) - selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
ZHEGS2 (3f) - a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
ZHEGST (3f) - a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
ZHEGV (3f) - all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
ZHEGVD (3f) - all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
ZHEGVX (3f) - selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
ZHER (3f) - perform the hermitian rank 1 operation A := alpha*x*conjg( x' ) + A,
ZHER2 (3f) - perform the hermitian rank 2 operation A := alpha*x*conjg( y' ) + conjg( alpha )*y*conjg( x' ) + A,
ZHER2K (3f) - perform one of the hermitian rank 2k operations C := alpha*A*conjg( B' ) + conjg( alpha )*B*conjg( A' ) + beta*C,
ZHERFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZHERK (3f) - perform one of the hermitian rank k operations C := alpha*A*conjg( A' ) + beta*C,
ZHETD2 (3f) - a complex Hermitian matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
ZHETF2 (3f) - the factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZHETRD (3f) - a complex Hermitian matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
ZHETRF (3f) - the factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZHETRI (3f) - the inverse of a complex Hermitian indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHETRF
ZHETRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex Hermitian matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHETRF
ZHPCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex Hermitian packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHPTRF
ZHPEV (3f) - all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix in packed storage
ZHPEVD (3f) - all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A in packed storage
ZHPEVX (3f) - selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A in packed storage
ZHPGST (3f) - a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form, using packed storage
ZHPGV (3f) - all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
ZHPGVD (3f) - all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
ZHPGVX (3f) - selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
ZHPR (3f) - perform the hermitian rank 1 operation A := alpha*x*conjg( x' ) + A,
ZHPR2 (3f) - perform the hermitian rank 2 operation A := alpha*x*conjg( y' ) + conjg( alpha )*y*conjg( x' ) + A,
ZHPRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZHPSVX (3f) - the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian matrix stored in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
ZHPTRD (3f) - a complex Hermitian matrix A stored in packed form to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
ZHPTRF (3f) - the factorization of a complex Hermitian packed matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZHPTRI (3f) - the inverse of a complex Hermitian indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHPTRF
ZHPTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex Hermitian matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHPTRF
ZHSEIN (3f) - inverse iteration to find specified right and/or left eigenvectors of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H
ZHSEQR (3f) - compute the eigenvalues of a Hessenberg matrix H and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**H, where T is an upper triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the unitary matrix of Schur vectors
ZLABRD (3f) - the first NB rows and columns of a complex general m by n matrix A to upper or lower real bidiagonal form by a unitary transformation Q\(aq * A * P, and returns the matrices X and Y which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
ZLAED0 (3f) - divide and conquer method, ZLAED0 computes all eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix which is one diagonal block of those from reducing a dense or band Hermitian matrix and corresponding eigenvectors of the dense or band matrix
ZLAEIN (3f) - inverse iteration to find a right or left eigenvector corresponding to the eigenvalue W of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H
ZLAESY (3f) - the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix ( ( A, B );( B, C ) ) provided the norm of the matrix of eigenvectors is larger than some threshold value
ZLAEV2 (3f) - the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 Hermitian matrix [ A B ] [ CONJG(B) C ]
ZLAGS2 (3f) - 2-by-2 unitary matrices U, V and Q, such that if ( UPPER ) then U\(aq*A*Q = U\(aq*( A1 A2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 A3 ) ( x x ) and V\(aq*B*Q = V\(aq*( B1 B2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 B3 ) ( x x ) or if ( .NOT.UPPER ) then U\(aq*A*Q = U\(aq*( A1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( A2 A3 ) ( 0 x ) and V\(aq*B*Q = V\(aq*( B1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( B2 B3 ) ( 0 x ) where U = ( CSU SNU ), V = ( CSV SNV ),
ZLAHEF (3f) - a partial factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZLAHQR (3f) - i an auxiliary routine called by CHSEQR to update the eigenvalues and Schur decomposition already computed by CHSEQR, by dealing with the Hessenberg submatrix in rows and columns ILO to IHI
ZLAIC1 (3f) - one step of incremental condition estimation in its simplest version
ZLALS0 (3f) - back the multiplying factors of either the left or the right singular vector matrix of a diagonal matrix appended by a row to the right hand side matrix B in solving the least squares problem using the divide-and-conquer SVD approach
ZLALSA (3f) - an itermediate step in solving the least squares problem by computing the SVD of the coefficient matrix in compact form (The singular vectors are computed as products of simple orthorgonal matrices.)
ZLALSD (3f) - the singular value decomposition of A to solve the least squares problem of finding X to minimize the Euclidean norm of each column of A*X-B, where A is N-by-N upper bidiagonal, and X and B are N-by-NRHS
ZLANGB (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n band matrix A, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals
ZLANGE (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex matrix A
ZLANGT (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex tridiagonal matrix A
ZLANHB (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n hermitian band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
ZLANHE (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex hermitian matrix A
ZLANHP (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex hermitian matrix A, supplied in packed form
ZLANHS (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a Hessenberg matrix A
ZLANHT (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex Hermitian tridiagonal matrix A
ZLANSB (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n symmetric band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
ZLANSP (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex symmetric matrix A, supplied in packed form
ZLANSY (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex symmetric matrix A
ZLANTB (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n triangular band matrix A, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals
ZLANTP (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a triangular matrix A, supplied in packed form
ZLANTR (3f) - the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a trapezoidal or triangular matrix A
ZLAQGB (3f) - a general M by N band matrix A with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
ZLAQHE (3f) - a Hermitian matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
ZLAQHP (3f) - a Hermitian matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
ZLAQP2 (3f) - a QR factorization with column pivoting of the block A(OFFSET+1:M,1:N)
ZLAQPS (3f) - a step of QR factorization with column pivoting of a complex M-by-N matrix A by using Blas-3
ZLAQR0 (3f) - compute the eigenvalues of a Hessenberg matrix H and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**H, where T is an upper triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the unitary matrix of Schur vectors
ZLAQR4 (3f) - compute the eigenvalues of a Hessenberg matrix H and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**H, where T is an upper triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the unitary matrix of Schur vectors
ZLAR2V (3f) - a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines from both sides to a sequence of 2-by-2 complex Hermitian matrices,
ZLARF (3f) - a complex elementary reflector H to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
ZLARFB (3f) - a complex block reflector H or its transpose H\(aq to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
ZLARFX (3f) - a complex elementary reflector H to a complex m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
ZLARGV (3f) - a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines, determined by elements of the complex vectors x and y
ZLARTV (3f) - a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines to elements of the complex vectors x and y
ZLARZ (3f) - a complex elementary reflector H to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
ZLARZB (3f) - a complex block reflector H or its transpose H**H to a complex distributed M-by-N C from the left or the right
ZLASR (3f) - a sequence of real plane rotations to a complex matrix A, from either the left or the right
ZLATRD (3f) - NB rows and columns of a complex Hermitian matrix A to Hermitian tridiagonal form by a unitary similarity transformation Q\(aq * A * Q, and returns the matrices V and W which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
ZLATRZ (3f) - the M-by-(M+L) complex upper trapezoidal matrix [ A1 A2 ] = [ A(1:M,1:M) A(1:M,N-L+1:N) ] as ( R 0 ) * Z by means of unitary transformations, where Z is an (M+L)-by-(M+L) unitary matrix and, R and A1 are M-by-M upper triangular matrices
ZPBCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPBTRF
ZPBEQU (3f) - row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite band matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
ZPBRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZPBSTF (3f) - a split Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
ZPBTF2 (3f) - the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
ZPBTRF (3f) - the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
ZPBTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite band matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPBTRF
ZPOCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPOTRF
ZPOEQU (3f) - row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
ZPORFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite,
ZPOTF2 (3f) - the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A
ZPOTRF (3f) - the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A
ZPOTRI (3f) - the inverse of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPOTRF
ZPOTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPOTRF
ZPPCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite packed matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPPTRF
ZPPEQU (3f) - row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite matrix A in packed storage and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
ZPPRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZPPTRF (3f) - the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A stored in packed format
ZPPTRI (3f) - the inverse of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPPTRF
ZPPTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite matrix A in packed storage using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPPTRF
ZPTCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix using the factorization A = L*D*L**H or A = U**H*D*U computed by ZPTTRF
ZPTEQR (3f) - all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix by first factoring the matrix using DPTTRF and then calling ZBDSQR to compute the singular values of the bidiagonal factor
ZPTRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZPTSV (3f) - the solution to a complex system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
ZPTSVX (3f) - the factorization A = L*D*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
ZPTTRF (3f) - the L*D*L\(aq factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix A
ZSPCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex symmetric packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSPTRF
ZSPRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZSPTRI (3f) - the inverse of a complex symmetric indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSPTRF
ZSPTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSPTRF
ZSTEIN (3f) - the eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse iteration
ZSTEQR (3f) - all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the implicit QL or QR method
ZSYCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSYTRF
ZSYRFS (3f) - the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZSYTRI (3f) - the inverse of a complex symmetric indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSYTRF
ZSYTRS (3f) - a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSYTRF
ZTBCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
ZTBRFS (3f) - error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular band coefficient matrix
ZTGEXC (3f) - the generalized Schur decomposition of a complex matrix pair (A,B), using an unitary equivalence transformation (A, B) := Q * (A, B) * Z\(aq, so that the diagonal block of (A, B) with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
ZTGSEN (3f) - the generalized Schur decomposition of a complex matrix pair (A, B) (in terms of an unitary equivalence trans- formation Q\(aq * (A, B) * Z), so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the pair (A,B)
ZTGSJA (3f) - the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of two complex upper triangular (or trapezoidal) matrices A and B
ZTGSNA (3f) - reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or eigenvectors of a matrix pair (A, B)
ZTPCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a packed triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
ZTPRFS (3f) - error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular packed coefficient matrix
ZTRCON (3f) - the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
ZTREXC (3f) - the Schur factorization of a complex matrix A = Q*T*Q**H, so that the diagonal element of T with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
ZTRMM (3f) - perform one of the matrix-matrix operations B := alpha*op( A )*B, or B := alpha*B*op( A ) where alpha is a scalar, B is an m by n matrix, A is a unit, or non-unit, upper or lower triangular matrix and op( A ) is one of op( A ) = A or op( A ) = A' or op( A ) = conjg( A' )
ZTRRFS (3f) - error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular coefficient matrix
ZTRSEN (3f) - the Schur factorization of a complex matrix A = Q*T*Q**H, so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading positions on the diagonal of the upper triangular matrix T, and the leading columns of Q form an orthonormal basis of the corresponding right invariant subspace
ZTRSNA (3f) - reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or right eigenvectors of a complex upper triangular matrix T (or of any matrix Q*T*Q**H with Q unitary)
ZTZRZF (3f) - the M-by-N ( M<=N ) complex upper trapezoidal matrix A to upper triangular form by means of unitary transformations
ZUNG2L (3f) - an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
ZUNG2R (3f) - an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
ZUNGBR (3f) - one of the complex unitary matrices Q or P**H determined by ZGEBRD when reducing a complex matrix A to bidiagonal form
ZUNGHR (3f) - a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of IHI-ILO elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by ZGEHRD
ZUNGL2 (3f) - an m-by-n complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
ZUNGLQ (3f) - an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
ZUNGQL (3f) - an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
ZUNGQR (3f) - an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
ZUNGR2 (3f) - an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
ZUNGRQ (3f) - an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
ZUNGTR (3f) - a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by ZHETRD
ZUNM2L (3f) - the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or Q\(aq* C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqC\(aq, or C * Q if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or C * Q\(aq if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqC\(aq,
ZUNM2R (3f) - the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or Q\(aq* C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqC\(aq, or C * Q if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or C * Q\(aq if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqC\(aq,
ZUNMBR (3f) - = \(aqQ\(aq, ZUNMBR overwrites the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
ZUNMHR (3f) - the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
ZUNML2 (3f) - the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or Q\(aq* C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqC\(aq, or C * Q if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or C * Q\(aq if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqC\(aq,
ZUNMLQ (3f) - the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
ZUNMQL (3f) - the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
ZUNMQR (3f) - the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
ZUNMR2 (3f) - the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or Q\(aq* C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqC\(aq, or C * Q if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or C * Q\(aq if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqC\(aq,
ZUNMR3 (3f) - the general complex m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or Q\(aq* C if SIDE = \(aqL\(aq and TRANS = \(aqC\(aq, or C * Q if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqN\(aq, or C * Q\(aq if SIDE = \(aqR\(aq and TRANS = \(aqC\(aq,
ZUNMRQ (3f) - the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
ZUNMRZ (3f) - the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
ZUNMTR (3f) - the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
ZUPGTR (3f) - a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors H(i) of order n, as returned by ZHPTRD using packed storage
ZUPMTR (3f) - the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = \(aqL\(aq SIDE = \(aqR\(aq TRANS = \(aqN\(aq
_TIFFmalloc, _TIFFrealloc, _TIFFfree, _TIFFmemset, _TIFFmemcpy, _TIFFmemcmp, (3) - memory management-related functions for use with TIFF files
aa_autoinit (3) - easy to use AA-lib initialization function.
aa_autoinitkbd (3) - easy to use AA-lib keyboard initialization function.
aa_autoinitmouse (3) - easy to use AA-lib mouse initialization function.
aa_createedit (3) - Simple interactive line editor provided as helper function.
aa_dithernames (3) - Names of dithering methods supported by AA-lib.
aa_edit (3) - Simple interactive line editor.
aa_editkey (3) - Notify the line editor about keypress.
aa_getmouse (3) - Get mouse position as specified by last mouse event read by aa_getevent.
aa_gotoxy (3) - move the hardware cursor (if any) to specified position.
aa_init (3) - open the output display for AA-lib.
aa_initkbd (3) - initialize the AA-lib keyboard driver.
aa_initmouse (3) - initialize the AA-lib mouse driver.
aa_uninitkbd (3) - uninitialize the keyboard driver.
aa_uninitmouse (3) - uninitialize the mouse driver.
accessors::classic (3p) - create 'classic' read/write accessor methods in caller's package.
accessors::rw (3p) - create 'classic' read/write accessor methods in caller's package.
add, sub, mul, divpt, raddp, rsubp, rmul, rdiv, rshift, inset, rcanon, eqpt, eqrect, ptinrect, rectinrect, rectXrect, rectclip, Dx, Dy, Pt, Rect, Rpt (3) - arithmetic on points and rectangles
aemp (1) - AnyEvent:MP utility
amtapetype (8) - generate a tapetype definition.
amverifyrun (8) - check the tapes written by the last AMANDA run
arc (1) - pc archive utility
argv0 (1) - runs a program with a specified 0th argument.
as (3p) - a call that is setting the first_name parameter to $array, while if it uses keyword arguments, it will dereference the array to a list of keyword, value pairs.
asn1_array2tree (3) - Creates the structures needed to manage the ASN1 definitions.
asn1_bit_der (3) - API function
asn1_der_decoding (3) - Fill the structure *ELEMENT with values of a DER encoding string.
asn1_der_decoding_element (3) - Fill the element named ELEMENTNAME of the structure STRUCTURE with values of a DER encoding string.
asn1_get_bit_der (3) - API function
asn1_parser2tree (3) - function used to start the parse algorithm.
asn1_write_value (3) - Set the value of one element inside a structure.
avcall (3) - build a C argument list incrementally and call a C function on it.
axfr-get (8) - a DNS zone-transfer client. It sends a zone-transfer request in DNS-over-TCP format to descriptor 7, reads the results from descriptor 6, and saves the results in a file.
balloc, bfree, rdbitmap, wrbitmap, rdbitmapfile, wrbitmapfile (3) - allocating, freeing, reading, writing bitmaps
ber_alloc_t, ber_flush, ber_flush2, ber_printf, ber_put_int, ber_put_enum, ber_put_ostring, ber_put_string, ber_put_null, ber_put_boolean, ber_put_bitstring, ber_start_seq, ber_start_set, ber_put_seq, ber_put_set (3) - OpenLDAP LBER simplified Basic Encoding Rules library routines for encoding
ber_get_next, ber_skip_tag, ber_peek_tag, ber_scanf, ber_get_int, ber_get_enum, ber_get_stringb, ber_get_stringa, ber_get_stringal, ber_get_stringbv, ber_get_null, ber_get_boolean, ber_get_bitstring, ber_first_element, ber_next_element (3) - OpenLDAP LBER simplified Basic Encoding Rules library routines for decoding
ber_int_t, ber_uint_t, ber_len_t, ber_slen_t, ber_tag_t, struct berval, BerValue, BerVarray, BerElement, ber_bvfree, ber_bvecfree, ber_bvecadd, ber_bvarray_free, ber_bvarray_add, ber_bvdup, ber_dupbv, ber_bvstr, ber_bvstrdup, ber_str2bv, ber_alloc_t, ber_init, ber_init2, ber_free (3) - OpenLDAP LBER types and allocation functions
bitblt, bitbltclip, copymasked, clipline, point, segment, polysegment, arc, circle, disc, ellipse, texture, border, string, strsize, strwidth, Fcode (3) - graphics functions
bitmap (6) - external format for bitmaps
bmp2tiff (1) - create a TIFF file from a Microsoft Windows Device Independent Bitmap image file
bombardment (1) - Run Siege with an ever-increasing number of users
bvi, bview (1) - visual editor for binary files
cachechars, Subfont, Cachesubf, Fontchar, Font (3) - font utilities
calc (1) - arbitrary precision calculator
callback (3) - closures with variable arguments as first-class C functions
catdoc (1) - reads MS-Word file and puts its content as plain text on standard output
catppt (1) - reads MS-PowerPoint file and puts its content on standard output
cdda2wav (1) - a sampling utility that dumps CD audio data into wav sound files
cdparanoia (Paranoia release III) (1) - an audio CD reading utility which includes extra data verification features
cdrecord (1) - record audio or data Compact Disks or Digital Versatile Disks from a master
clamconf (1) - Clam AntiVirus configuration utility
clamdtop (1) - monitor the Clam AntiVirus Daemon
common::sense (3p) - save a tree AND a kitten, use common::sense!
compare (1) - mathematically and visually annotate the difference between an image and its reconstruction.
composite (1) - overlaps one image over another.
conjure (1) - interprets and executes scripts written in the Magick Scripting Language (MSL).
convert (1) - convert between image formats as well as resize an image, blur, crop, despeckle, dither, draw on, flip, join, re-sample, and much more.
cppunit-config (1) - script to get information about the installed version of cppunit
crmgr (1) - administration utility for QDBM Curia
cronolog (1m) - write log messages to log files named according to a template
cronosplit (1m) - split log files into cronolog-compatible files
curl_easy_init (3) - Start a libcurl easy session
curl_global_init (3) - Global libcurl initialisation
curl_global_init_mem (3) - Global libcurl initialisation with memory callbacks
curl_multi_assign (3) - set data to associated with an internal socket
curl_multi_init (3) - create a multi handle
curl_multi_perform (3) - reads/writes available data from each easy handle
curl_multi_socket (3) - reads/writes available data
curl_multi_timeout (3) - how long to wait for action before proceeding
curl_share_init (3) - Create a shared object
curl_strequal, curl_strnequal (3) - case insensitive string comparisons
cvsync (1) - synchronize CVS repositories
cvsyncd (1) - synchronize CVS repositories
dbus-launch (1) - Utility to start a message bus from a shell script
dbus-monitor (1) - debug probe to print message bus messages
dbus-uuidgen (1) - Utility to generate UUIDs
devdump, isoinfo, isovfy, isodump (1) - Utility programs for dumping and verifying iso9660 images.
dhcp-eval (5) - ISC DHCP conditional evaluation
dhcpctl_initialize (3) - dhcpctl library initialization.
diffpp (1) - pretty-print diff outputs with GNU enscript
dist (1) - redistribute a message to additional addresses
dlint (1) - Internet Domain Name System (DNS) error checking utility
dpmgr (1) - administration utility for QDBM Depot
dspam_merge (1) - merge several users' metadata into a composite
dvipdf (1) - konvertiert TeX-DVI-Dateien nach PDF mittels Ghostscript und dvips
dvipdft (1) - create thumbnail images for use with dvipdfm
dvipos (1) - compute positions in a DVI file
dvitodvi (1) - rearrange pages in a DVI file
dvitomp (1) - convert a TeX DVI file to a MetaPost MPXFILE
dvitype (1) - translate a dvi file for humans
e2image (8) - Save critical ext2 filesystem data to a file
emacsclient (1) - tells a running Emacs to visit a file
envdir (8) - runs another program with environment modified according to files in a specified directory.
envsubst (1) - substitutes environment variables in shell format strings
envuidgid (8) - runs another program with environment variables indicating a specified account's uid and gid.
epsffit (1) - fit encapsulated PostScript file (EPSF) into constrained size
estconfig (1) - configuration utility of Hyper Estraier
etex, einitex, evirtex (1) - extended TeX
event, einit, estart, etimer, eread, emouse, ekbd, ecanread, ecanmouse, ecankbd, ereshaped, getrect, menuhit, Event, Mouse, Menu (3) - graphics events
evim (1) - Vim "facile", Vim impostato in modo da poter essere usato facilmente per modificare file, anche da chi non abbia familiarità con i comandi.
evim (1) - Vim "facile", Vim impostato in modo da poter essere usato facilmente per modificare file, anche da chi non abbia familiarità con i comandi.
evim (1) - easy Vim, edit a file with Vim and setup for modeless editing
evim (1) - « Easy Vim », édite un fichier avec Vim sans utiliser les modes
evim (1) - « Easy Vim », édite un fichier avec Vim sans utiliser les modes
expect (1) - programmed dialogue with interactive programs, Version 5
expectk (1) - Expect with Tk support
fam (3) - File Alteration Monitor (FAM) library routines
fam.conf (5) - The File Alteration Monitor (FAM) configuration file
famd (8) - The File Alteration Monitor (FAM) daemon
fixdlsrps (1) - filter to fix DviLaser/PS documents to work with PSUtils
fixmacps (1) - filter to fix Macintosh documents with saner version of md
fixpsditps (1) - filter to fix Transcript psdit documents so PSUtils work
fixtpps (1) - filter to fix Tpscript documents to work with PSUtils
fixwwps (1) - filter to fix Windows Write documents so PSUtils work
fltk (3) - the fast light tool kit
fmtutil (1) - utility for maintaining TeX format files
fmtutil-sys (1) - utility for maintaining TeX format files system-wide
font2c (1) - Write PostScript Type 0 or Type 1 font as C code
fontinst (1) - utility to run TeX as fontinst
fputwc (3) - write a wide character to a FILE stream
fputws (3) - write a wide character string to a FILE stream
freebcp (1) - bulk loading utility for Sybase and Microsoft databases
frinit, frsetrects, frclear, frcharofpt, frptofchar, frinsert, frdelete, frselect, frselectp, frselectf, frgetmouse (3) - frames of text
gdk-pixbuf-csource (1) - C code generation utility for GdkPixbuf images
gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders (1) - GdkPixbuf loader registration utility
genbrk (1) - Compiles ICU break iteration rules source files into binary data files
gendiff (1) - utility to aid in error-free diff file generation
git (1) - the stupid content tracker
git-add (1) - Add file contents to the index
git-am (1) - Apply a series of patches from a mailbox
git-annotate (1) - Annotate file lines with commit information
git-apply (1) - Apply a patch on a git index file and a working tree
git-archimport (1) - Import an Arch repository into git
git-archive (1) - Create an archive of files from a named tree
git-bisect (1) - Find by binary search the change that introduced a bug
git-blame (1) - Show what revision and author last modified each line of a file
git-branch (1) - List, create, or delete branches
git-bundle (1) - Move objects and refs by archive
git-cat-file (1) - Provide content or type and size information for repository objects
git-check-attr (1) - Display gitattributes information
git-check-ref-format (1) - Ensures that a reference name is well formed
git-checkout (1) - Checkout a branch or paths to the working tree
git-checkout-index (1) - Copy files from the index to the working tree
git-cherry (1) - Find commits not merged upstream
git-cherry-pick (1) - Apply the change introduced by an existing commit
git-clean (1) - Remove untracked files from the working tree
git-clone (1) - Clone a repository into a new directory
git-commit (1) - Record changes to the repository
git-commit-tree (1) - Create a new commit object
git-config (1) - Get and set repository or global options
git-count-objects (1) - Count unpacked number of objects and their disk consumption
git-cvsexportcommit (1) - Export a single commit to a CVS checkout
git-cvsimport (1) - Salvage your data out of another SCM people love to hate
git-cvsserver (1) - A CVS server emulator for git
git-daemon (1) - A really simple server for git repositories
git-describe (1) - Show the most recent tag that is reachable from a commit
git-diff (1) - Show changes between commits, commit and working tree, etc
git-diff-files (1) - Compares files in the working tree and the index
git-diff-index (1) - Compares content and mode of blobs between the index and repository
git-diff-tree (1) - Compares the content and mode of blobs found via two tree objects
git-fast-export (1) - Git data exporter
git-fast-import (1) - Backend for fast Git data importers
git-fetch (1) - Download objects and refs from another repository
git-fetch-pack (1) - Receive missing objects from another repository
git-filter-branch (1) - Rewrite branches
git-fmt-merge-msg (1) - Produce a merge commit message
git-for-each-ref (1) - Output information on each ref
git-format-patch (1) - Prepare patches for e-mail submission
git-fsck (1) - Verifies the connectivity and validity of the objects in the database
git-fsck-objects (1) - Verifies the connectivity and validity of the objects in the database
git-gc (1) - Cleanup unnecessary files and optimize the local repository
git-get-tar-commit-id (1) - Extract commit ID from an archive created using git-archive
git-grep (1) - Print lines matching a pattern
git-hash-object (1) - Compute object ID and optionally creates a blob from a file
git-help (1) - display help information about git
git-http-fetch (1) - Download from a remote git repository via HTTP
git-http-push (1) - Push objects over HTTP/DAV to another repository
git-imap-send (1) - Send a collection of patches from stdin to an IMAP folder
git-index-pack (1) - Build pack index file for an existing packed archive
git-init (1) - Create an empty git repository or reinitialize an existing one
git-init-db (1) - Creates an empty git repository
git-instaweb (1) - Instantly browse your working repository in gitweb
git-log (1) - Show commit logs
git-lost-found (1) - Recover lost refs that luckily have not yet been pruned
git-ls-files (1) - Show information about files in the index and the working tree
git-ls-remote (1) - List references in a remote repository
git-ls-tree (1) - List the contents of a tree object
git-mailinfo (1) - Extracts patch and authorship from a single e-mail message
git-mailsplit (1) - Simple UNIX mbox splitter program
git-merge (1) - Join two or more development histories together
git-merge-base (1) - Find as good common ancestors as possible for a merge
git-merge-file (1) - Run a three-way file merge
git-merge-index (1) - Run a merge for files needing merging
git-merge-one-file (1) - The standard helper program to use with git-merge-index
git-merge-tree (1) - Show three-way merge without touching index
git-mergetool (1) - Run merge conflict resolution tools to resolve merge conflicts
git-mktag (1) - Creates a tag object
git-mktree (1) - Build a tree-object from ls-tree formatted text
git-mv (1) - Move or rename a file, a directory, or a symlink
git-name-rev (1) - Find symbolic names for given revs
git-pack-objects (1) - Create a packed archive of objects
git-pack-redundant (1) - Find redundant pack files
git-pack-refs (1) - Pack heads and tags for efficient repository access
git-parse-remote (1) - Routines to help parsing remote repository access parameters
git-patch-id (1) - Compute unique ID for a patch
git-peek-remote (1) - List the references in a remote repository
git-prune (1) - Prune all unreachable objects from the object database
git-prune-packed (1) - Remove extra objects that are already in pack files
git-pull (1) - Fetch from and merge with another repository or a local branch
git-push (1) - Update remote refs along with associated objects
git-quiltimport (1) - Applies a quilt patchset onto the current branch
git-read-tree (1) - Reads tree information into the index
git-rebase (1) - Forward-port local commits to the updated upstream head
git-receive-pack (1) - Receive what is pushed into the repository
git-reflog (1) - Manage reflog information
git-relink (1) - Hardlink common objects in local repositories
git-remote (1) - manage set of tracked repositories
git-repack (1) - Pack unpacked objects in a repository
git-repo-config (1) - Get and set repository or global options
git-request-pull (1) - Generates a summary of pending changes
git-rerere (1) - Reuse recorded resolution of conflicted merges
git-reset (1) - Reset current HEAD to the specified state
git-rev-list (1) - Lists commit objects in reverse chronological order
git-rev-parse (1) - Pick out and massage parameters
git-revert (1) - Revert an existing commit
git-rm (1) - Remove files from the working tree and from the index
git-send-email (1) - Send a collection of patches as emails
git-send-pack (1) - Push objects over git protocol to another repository
git-sh-setup (1) - Common git shell script setup code
git-shell (1) - Restricted login shell for GIT-only SSH access
git-shortlog (1) - Summarize 'git-log' output
git-show (1) - Show various types of objects
git-show-branch (1) - Show branches and their commits
git-show-index (1) - Show packed archive index
git-show-ref (1) - List references in a local repository
git-stage (1) - Add file contents to the staging area
git-stash (1) - Stash the changes in a dirty working directory away
git-status (1) - Show the working tree status
git-stripspace (1) - Filter out empty lines
git-submodule (1) - Initialize, update or inspect submodules
git-symbolic-ref (1) - Read and modify symbolic refs
git-tag (1) - Create, list, delete or verify a tag object signed with GPG
git-tar-tree (1) - Create a tar archive of the files in the named tree object
git-unpack-file (1) - Creates a temporary file with a blob's contents
git-unpack-objects (1) - Unpack objects from a packed archive
git-update-index (1) - Register file contents in the working tree to the index
git-update-ref (1) - Update the object name stored in a ref safely
git-update-server-info (1) - Update auxiliary info file to help dumb servers
git-upload-archive (1) - Send archive back to git-archive
git-upload-pack (1) - Send objects packed back to git-fetch-pack
git-var (1) - Show a git logical variable
git-verify-pack (1) - Validate packed git archive files
git-verify-tag (1) - Check the GPG signature of tags
git-web--browse (1) - git helper script to launch a web browser
git-whatchanged (1) - Show logs with difference each commit introduces
git-write-tree (1) - Create a tree object from the current index
gitattributes (5) - defining attributes per path
gitcli (7) - git command line interface and conventions
gitcore-tutorial (7) - A git core tutorial for developers
gitcvs-migration (7) - git for CVS users
gitdiffcore (7) - Tweaking diff output (June 2005)
gitglossary (7) - A GIT Glossary
githooks (5) - Hooks used by git
gitignore (5) - Specifies intentionally untracked files to ignore
gitmodules (5) - defining submodule properties
gitrepository-layout (5) - Git Repository Layout
gittutorial (7) - A tutorial introduction to git (for version 1.5.1 or newer)
gittutorial-2 (7) - A tutorial introduction to git: part two
gitworkflows (7) - An overview of recommended workflows with git
glib-genmarshal (1) - C code marshaller generation utility for GLib closures
glib-gettextize (1) - gettext internationalization utility
glib-mkenums (1) - C language enum description generation utility
gmake (1) - GNU make utility to maintain groups of programs
gnutls-cli-debug (1) - GNU TLS test client, with verbose output
gnutls_certificate_set_verify_limits (3) - set the upper limits to be used at certificate verification
gnutls_certificate_type_get_name (3) - Returns a string with the name of the specified certificate type
gnutls_certificate_type_set_priority (3) - Sets the priority on the certificate types supported by gnutls.
gnutls_cipher_get_id (3) - Returns the gnutls id of the specified in string algorithm
gnutls_cipher_get_name (3) - Returns a string with the name of the specified cipher algorithm
gnutls_cipher_set_priority (3) - Sets the priority on the ciphers supported by gnutls.
gnutls_cipher_suite_get_name (3) - Returns a string with the name of the specified cipher suite
gnutls_cipher_suite_info (3) - API function
gnutls_compression_get (3) - Returns the currently used compression algorithm.
gnutls_compression_get_id (3) - Returns the gnutls id of the specified in string algorithm
gnutls_compression_get_name (3) - Returns a string with the name of the specified compression algorithm
gnutls_compression_set_priority (3) - Sets the priority on the compression algorithms supported by gnutls.
gnutls_credentials_set (3) - Sets the needed credentials for the specified authentication algorithm.
gnutls_crypto_single_cipher_register2 (3) - register a cipher algorithm
gnutls_crypto_single_digest_register2 (3) - register a digest algorithm
gnutls_crypto_single_mac_register2 (3) - register a MAC algorithm
gnutls_deinit (3) - clear all buffers associated with a session
gnutls_dh_get_peers_public_bits (3) - return the bits used in DH authentication
gnutls_dh_get_prime_bits (3) - return the bits used in DH authentication
gnutls_dh_get_secret_bits (3) - return the bits used in DH authentication
gnutls_dh_params_deinit (3) - deinitialize the DH parameters
gnutls_dh_params_init (3) - initialize the DH parameters
gnutls_dh_set_prime_bits (3) - Used to set the bits for a DH ciphersuite
gnutls_global_deinit (3) - deinitialize the global data
gnutls_global_init (3) - initialize the global data to defaults.
gnutls_global_init_extra (3) - initializes the global state of gnutls-extra
gnutls_handshake_set_private_extensions (3) - Used to enable the private cipher suites
gnutls_init (3) - initialize the session to null (null encryption etc...).
gnutls_kx_get (3) - Returns the key exchange algorithm.
gnutls_kx_get_id (3) - Returns the gnutls id of the specified in string algorithm
gnutls_kx_get_name (3) - Returns a string with the name of the specified key exchange algorithm
gnutls_kx_set_priority (3) - Sets the priority on the key exchange algorithms supported by gnutls.
gnutls_mac_get (3) - Returns the currently used mac algorithm.
gnutls_mac_get_id (3) - Returns the gnutls id of the specified in string algorithm
gnutls_mac_get_name (3) - Returns a string with the name of the specified mac algorithm
gnutls_mac_list (3) - Get a list of supported MAC algorithms
gnutls_mac_set_priority (3) - Sets the priority on the mac algorithms supported by gnutls.
gnutls_openpgp_crt_check_hostname (3) - compare hostname with the key's hostname
gnutls_openpgp_crt_deinit (3) - deinitialize memory used by a #gnutls_openpgp_crt_t structure
gnutls_openpgp_crt_get_pk_algorithm (3) - return the key's PublicKey algorithm
gnutls_openpgp_crt_get_subkey_pk_algorithm (3) - return the subkey's PublicKey algorithm
gnutls_openpgp_crt_init (3) - initialize a #gnutls_openpgp_crt_t structure
gnutls_openpgp_keyring_deinit (3) - deinitializes memory used by a #gnutls_openpgp_keyring_t structure
gnutls_openpgp_keyring_init (3) - initializes a #gnutls_openpgp_keyring_t structure
gnutls_openpgp_privkey_deinit (3) - deinitializes memory used by a #gnutls_openpgp_privkey_t structure
gnutls_openpgp_privkey_get_pk_algorithm (3) - return the key's PublicKey algorithm
gnutls_openpgp_privkey_get_subkey_pk_algorithm (3) - return the subkey's PublicKey algorithm
gnutls_openpgp_privkey_init (3) - initializes a #gnutls_openpgp_privkey_t structure
gnutls_perror (3) - prints a string to stderr with a description of an error
gnutls_pk_algorithm_get_name (3) - Get string with name of public key algorithm
gnutls_pk_get_id (3) - Get #gnutls_pk_algorithm_t from a string
gnutls_pk_get_name (3) - Get name string with #gnutls_pk_algorithm_t algorithm
gnutls_pk_list (3) - Get a list of supported public key algorithms
gnutls_pkcs12_bag_deinit (3) - This function deinitializes memory used by a gnutls_pkcs12_t structure
gnutls_pkcs12_bag_init (3) - This function initializes a gnutls_pkcs12_bag_t structure
gnutls_pkcs12_deinit (3) - This function deinitializes memory used by a gnutls_pkcs12_t structure
gnutls_pkcs12_init (3) - This function initializes a gnutls_pkcs12_t structure
gnutls_pkcs7_deinit (3) - deinitializes a #gnutls_pkcs7_t structure
gnutls_pkcs7_init (3) - initialize a #gnutls_pkcs7_t structure
gnutls_priority_deinit (3) - Deinitialize the priorities cache for the cipher suites supported by gnutls.
gnutls_priority_init (3) - Sets priorities for the cipher suites supported by gnutls.
gnutls_priority_set (3) - Sets priorities for the cipher suites supported by gnutls.
gnutls_priority_set_direct (3) - Sets priorities for the cipher suites supported by gnutls.
gnutls_protocol_get_name (3) - Returns a string with the name of the specified SSL/TLS version
gnutls_protocol_set_priority (3) - Sets the priority on the protocol versions supported by gnutls.
gnutls_psk_client_get_hint (3) - return the PSK identity hint of the peer
gnutls_psk_set_server_credentials_hint (3) - Set a identity hint, in a %gnutls_psk_server_credentials_t structure
gnutls_rehandshake (3) - renegotiate security parameters
gnutls_rsa_export_get_modulus_bits (3) - return the bits used in RSA-export key exchange
gnutls_rsa_params_deinit (3) - deinitialize the RSA parameters
gnutls_rsa_params_init (3) - initialize the temporary RSA parameters
gnutls_session_enable_compatibility_mode (3) - disable certain features in TLS in order to honour compatibility
gnutls_set_default_export_priority (3) - Sets some default priority on the cipher suites supported by gnutls.
gnutls_set_default_priority (3) - Sets some default priority on the cipher suites supported by gnutls.
gnutls_sign_algorithm_get_name (3) - Returns a string with the name of the specified sign algorithm
gnutls_sign_get_id (3) - Returns the gnutls id of the specified in signature algorithm
gnutls_sign_get_name (3) - Get name string for a #gnutls_sign_algorithm_t
gnutls_sign_list (3) - Get a list of supported public key signature algorithms
gnutls_srp_set_prime_bits (3) - set the minimum bits for a SRP ciphersuite
gnutls_strerror (3) - Returns a string with a description of an error
gnutls_x509_crl_deinit (3) - deinitializes a #gnutls_x509_crl_t structure
gnutls_x509_crl_get_signature_algorithm (3) - returns the CRL's signature algorithm
gnutls_x509_crl_init (3) - initializes a #gnutls_x509_crl_t structure
gnutls_x509_crl_sign (3) - This function will sign a CRL with a key
gnutls_x509_crl_sign2 (3) - This function will sign a CRL with a key
gnutls_x509_crq_deinit (3) - This function deinitializes memory used by a gnutls_x509_crq_t structure
gnutls_x509_crq_get_pk_algorithm (3) - This function returns the certificate request's PublicKey algorithm
gnutls_x509_crq_init (3) - This function initializes a gnutls_x509_crq_t structure
gnutls_x509_crq_set_key (3) - This function will associate the Certificate request with a key
gnutls_x509_crq_set_key_rsa_raw (3) - associate Certificate request with a key
gnutls_x509_crq_sign (3) - This function will sign a Certificate request with a key
gnutls_x509_crq_sign2 (3) - Sign a Certificate request with a key
gnutls_x509_crt_check_hostname (3) - compares the hostname with certificate's hostname
gnutls_x509_crt_deinit (3) - This function deinitializes memory used by a gnutls_x509_crt_t structure
gnutls_x509_crt_get_authority_key_id (3) - This function returns the certificate authority's identifier
gnutls_x509_crt_get_extension_info (3) - Get extension id and criticality
gnutls_x509_crt_get_pk_algorithm (3) - return the certificate's PublicKey algorithm
gnutls_x509_crt_get_signature_algorithm (3) - This function returns the Certificate's signature algorithm
gnutls_x509_crt_init (3) - This function initializes a gnutls_x509_crt_t structure
gnutls_x509_crt_set_authority_key_id (3) - Set the certificate authority's key id
gnutls_x509_crt_set_crq (3) - Associate the Certificate with a request
gnutls_x509_crt_set_extension_by_oid (3) - Set an arbitrary extension
gnutls_x509_crt_set_key (3) - This function will associate the Certificate with a key
gnutls_x509_crt_sign (3) - Sign a certificate with a key
gnutls_x509_crt_sign2 (3) - Sign a certificate with a key
gnutls_x509_dn_deinit (3) - API function
gnutls_x509_dn_init (3) - API function
gnutls_x509_privkey_deinit (3) - deinitializes a #gnutls_x509_privkey_t structure
gnutls_x509_privkey_get_pk_algorithm (3) - returns the key's PublicKey algorithm
gnutls_x509_privkey_init (3) - initialize a #gnutls_privkey_t structure
gsf (1) - archiving utility using the G Structured File library
gsnd (1) - Run ghostscript (PostScript and PDF engine) without display
gtester (1) - test running utility
gtk-builder-convert (1) - Glade file conversion utility
gtk-query-immodules-2.0 (1) - Input method module registration utility
gtk-update-icon-cache (1) - Icon theme caching utility
hbf2gf (1) - convert a CJK bitmap font into subfonts usable by TeX and Omega. . .
hexcurse (1) - an ncurses-based hex editor
hexedit (1) - view and edit files in hexadecimal or in ASCII
hvmgr (1) - administration utility for QDBM Hovel
icc2ps (1) - little cms PostScript converter.
icclink (1) - little cms device link generator.
iconv_open_into (3) - initialize descriptor for character set conversion
ifnames (1) - Extract CPP conditionals from a set of files
imgcmp (1) - Image comparison utility
imginfo (1) - Image information utility
imlib_config (1) - Imlib Configuration Editor
import (1) - saves any visible window on an X server and outputs it as an image file. You can capture a single window, the entire screen, or any rectangular portion of the screen.
indexmaker (1) - Creates index files for mrtg web sites (mrtg-2.16.2)
init_mib, add_mibdir, init_mib_internals, add_module_replacement, read_module, read_mib, read_all_mibs, read_objid, read_module_node, get_module_node, snmp_set_mib_warnings, snmp_set_save_descriptions, shutdown_mib, print_mib, print_variable, fprint_variable, snprint_variable, sprint_realloc_variable, print_value, fprint_value, snprint_value, sprint_realloc_value, print_objid, fprint_objid, snprint_objid, sprint_realloc_objid, print_description, fprint_description (3) - mib_api functions
initdb (1) - create a new PostgreSQL database cluster
innochecksum (1) - offline InnoDB file checksum utility
install-mh (1) - initialize the nmh environment
intltool-update (8) - updates PO template file and merge translations with it
iswblank (3) - test for whitespace wide character
iswdigit (3) - test for decimal digit wide character
iswspace (3) - test for whitespace wide character
iswxdigit (3) - test for hexadecimal digit wide character
iterator_info_s (3) - Holds iterator information containing functions which should be called by the iterator_handler to loop over your data set and sort it in a SNMP specific manner.
jackd, jackstart (1) - JACK Audio Connection Kit sound server
jbgtopbm (1) - JBIG1 to portable bitmap file converter
jiv (1) - Image display utility
jpegicc (1) - little cms ICC profile applier for JPEG.
json_xs (1) - JSON::XS commandline utility
kibitz (1) - allow two people to interact with one shell
kpsewhere (1) - Expanding kpsewhich to separately iterate over each texmf tree listed in $TEXMF.
ldap_init, ldap_initialize, ldap_open (3) - Initialize the LDAP library and open a connection to an LDAP server
ldap_result (3) - Wait for the result of an LDAP operation
ldap_str2syntax, ldap_syntax2str, ldap_syntax2name, ldap_syntax_free, ldap_str2matchingrule, ldap_matchingrule2str, ldap_matchingrule2name, ldap_matchingrule_free, ldap_str2attributetype, ldap_attributetype2str, ldap_attributetype2name, ldap_attributetype_free, ldap_str2objectclass, ldap_objectclass2str, ldap_objectclass2name, ldap_objectclass_free, ldap_scherr2str (3) - Schema definition handling routines
ldap_sync_init, ldap_sync_init_refresh_only, ldap_sync_init_refresh_and_persist, ldap_sync_poll (3) - LDAP sync routines
ldns-read-zone (1) - read a zonefile and print it
ldns-revoke (1) - sets the revoke bit of a DNSKEY
ldns-signzone (1) - sign a zonefile with DNSSEC data
ldns-verify-zone (1) - read a DNSSEC signed zone and verify it.
ldns-zcat (1) - reunite (z)split up a zone files
ldns-zsplit (1) - split up a zone file
ldns_buffer_flip, (3) - ldns_buffer_rewind, ldns_buffer_position, ldns_buffer_set_position, ldns_buffer_skip
ldns_buffer_limit, (3) - ldns_buffer_set_limit, ldns_buffer_capacity, ldns_buffer_set_capacity, ldns_buffer_reserve, ldns_buffer_at, ldns_buffer_begin, ldns_buffer_end, ldns_buffer_current
ldns_buffer_write_at, (3) - ldns_buffer_write_at, ldns_buffer_write, ldns_buffer_write_string_at, ldns_buffer_write_string, ldns_buffer_write_u8_at, ldns_buffer_write_u8, ldns_buffer_write_u16_at, ldns_buffer_write_u16, ldns_buffer_read_at, ldns_buffer_read, ldns_buffer_read_u8_at, ldns_buffer_read_u8, ldns_buffer_read_u16_at, ldns_buffer_read_u16, ldns_buffer_read_u32_at, ldns_buffer_read_u32
ldns_init_random (3) - (empty subject)
ldns_key_list_key_count, (3) - ldns_key_list_key, ldns_key_rsa_key, ldns_key_dsa_key, ldns_key_algorithm, ldns_key_hmac_key, ldns_key_origttl, ldns_key_inception, ldns_key_expiration, ldns_key_keytag, ldns_key_pubkey_owner, ldns_key_flags
ldns_key_new_frm_algorithm, (3) - ldns_key_new_frm_fp, ldns_key_new_frm_fp_l
ldns_key_rsa_key, (3) - ldns_key_dsa_key, ldns_key_algorithm, ldns_key_hmac_key
ldns_key_set_algorithm, (3) - ldns_key_set_rsa_key, ldns_key_set_dsa_key, ldns_key_set_hmac_key, ldns_key_set_origttl, ldns_key_set_inception, ldns_key_set_expiration, ldns_key_set_pubkey_owner, ldns_key_set_keytag, ldns_key_set_flags, ldns_key_list_set_key_count
ldns_pkt_id, (3) - ldns_pkt_qr, ldns_pkt_aa, ldns_pkt_tc, ldns_pkt_rd, ldns_pkt_cd, ldns_pkt_ra, ldns_pkt_ad, ldns_pkt_get_opcode, ldns_pkt_get_rcode, ldns_pkt_qdcount, ldns_pkt_ancount, ldns_pkt_nscount, ldns_pkt_arcount, ldns_pkt_answerfrom, ldns_pkt_querytime, ldns_pkt_size, ldns_pkt_tsig, ldns_pkt_question, ldns_pkt_answer, ldns_pkt_authority, ldns_pkt_additional, ldns_pkt_get_section_clone, ldns_pkt_rr_list_by_name, ldns_pkt_rr_list_by_type, ldns_pkt_rr_list_by_name_and_type
ldns_rr_dnskey_flags, (3) - ldns_rr_dnskey_set_flags, ldns_rr_dnskey_protocol, ldns_rr_dnskey_set_protocol, ldns_rr_dnskey_algorithm, ldns_rr_dnskey_set_algorithm, ldns_rr_dnskey_key, ldns_rr_dnskey_set_key
ldns_rr_rrsig_typecovered, (3) - ldns_rr_rrsig_set_typecovered, ldns_rr_rrsig_algorithm, ldns_rr_rrsig_set_algorithm, ldns_rr_rrsig_labels, ldns_rr_rrsig_set_labels, ldns_rr_rrsig_origttl, ldns_rr_rrsig_set_origttl, ldns_rr_rrsig_expiration, ldns_rr_rrsig_set_expiration, ldns_rr_rrsig_inception, ldns_rr_rrsig_set_inception, ldns_rr_rrsig_keytag, ldns_rr_rrsig_set_keytag, ldns_rr_rrsig_signame, ldns_rr_rrsig_set_signame, ldns_rr_rrsig_sig, ldns_rr_rrsig_set_sig
leaf_handlers (3) - Process individual leaf objects A group of handlers to implement individual leaf objects and instances (both scalar objects, and individual objects and instances within a table).
libdspam, (3) - dspam_init, dspam_create, dspam_addattribute, dspam_attach, dspam_process, dspam_getsource, dspam_detach, dspam_clearattributes, dspam_destroy
libev (3p) - a high performance full-featured event loop written in C
libexpect (3) - programmed dialogue library with interactive programs
libgphoto2 (3) - cross-platform digital camera library
libnet (3) - "libpwrite" Network Routine Library
libssh2_channel_free (3) - free all resources associated with a channel
libssh2_channel_get_exit_status (3) - get the remote exit code
libssh2_channel_wait_closed (3) - wait for the remote to close the channel
libssh2_channel_wait_eof (3) - wait for the remote to reply to an EOF request
libssh2_channel_window_write_ex (3) - Check the status of the write window
libssh2_channel_write_ex (3) - write data to a channel stream blocking
libssh2_knownhost_init (3) - init a collection of known hosts
libssh2_knownhost_writefile (3) - write a collection of known hosts to a file
libssh2_knownhost_writeline (3) - convert a known host to a line for storage
libssh2_poll (3) - poll for activity on a socket, channel or listener
libssh2_publickey_init (3) - TODO
libssh2_session_block_directions (3) - get directions that socket should wait for before calling libssh2 function again
libssh2_session_free (3) - frees resources associated with a session instance
libssh2_session_init_ex (3) - initializes an SSH session object
libssh2_session_methods (3) - return the currently active algorithms
libssh2_sftp_init (3) - open SFTP channel for the given SSH session.
libssh2_sftp_seek (3) - set the read/write position indicator within a file
libssh2_sftp_tell (3) - get the current read/write position indicator for a file
libssh2_sftp_tell64 (3) - get the current read/write position indicator for a file
libssh2_sftp_write (3) - write SFTP data
libssh2_userauth_password_ex (3) - authenticate a session with username and password
libssh2_userauth_publickey_fromfile (3) - authenticate a session with a public key, read from a file
libtasn1_perror (3) - prints a string to stderr with a description of an error
libtasn1_strerror (3) - Returns a string with a description of an error
libtiff (3) - introduction to libtiff , a library for reading and writing TIFF files
libunbound, unbound.h, ub_ctx, ub_result, ub_callback_t, ub_ctx_create, ub_ctx_delete, ub_ctx_set_option, ub_ctx_config, ub_ctx_set_fwd, ub_ctx_resolvconf, ub_ctx_hosts, ub_ctx_add_ta, ub_ctx_add_ta_file, ub_ctx_trustedkeys, ub_ctx_debugout, ub_ctx_debuglevel, ub_ctx_async, ub_poll, ub_wait, ub_fd, ub_process, ub_resolve, ub_resolve_async, ub_cancel, ub_resolve_free, ub_strerror (3) - Unbound DNS validating resolver 1.2.1 functions.
lli (1) - directly execute programs from LLVM bitcode
llvm-bcanalyzer (1) - LLVM bitcode analyzer
llvm-nm (1) - list LLVM bitcode file's symbol table
lockfile (1) - conditional semaphore-file creator
lwp-mirror (1) - Simple mirror utility
magic_open, magic_close, magic_error, magic_file, magic_buffer, magic_setflags, magic_check, magic_compile, magic_load (3) - Magic number recognition library.
makempx (1) - typeset labels in MetaPost pictures with TeX or Troff
map (1) - An utility to map texts from and to unicode
mbsinit (3) - test for initial shift state
mdel (1) - delete an MSDOS file mdeltree - recursively delete an MSDOS directory and its contents
mdeltree (1) - recursively delete an MSDOS directory and its contents
messageBox (3p) - pop up a message window and wait for user response.
metaflac (1) - program to list, add, remove, or edit metadata in one or more FLAC files.
mfbcap (5) - graphics terminal capability data base
mh-draft (5) - draft folder facility for nmh message system
mhbuild (1) - translate MIME composition draft
mib2c.conf (5) - -- How to write mib2c.conf files to do ANYTHING based on MIB input.
mirror (1) - mirror packages on remote sites
mkisofs (1) - create an hybrid ISO9660/JOLIET/HFS filesystem with optional Rock Ridge attributes.
mkpasswd (1) - generate new password, optionally apply it to a user
mogrify (1) - resize an image, blur, crop, despeckle, dither, draw on, flip, join, re-sample, and much more. Mogrify overwrites the original image file, whereas, convert(1) writes to a different image file.
montage (1) - create a composite image by combining several separate images. The images are tiled on the composite image optionall adorned with a border, frame, image name, and more.
mpartition (1) - partition an MSDOS hard disk
mrtg-faq (1) - How to get help if you have problems with MRTG
mrtg-rrd (1) - How to use RRDtool with MRTG
mrtg-squid (1) - using mrtg to monitor Squid
msgfilter (1) - edit translations of message catalog
msginit (1) - initialize a message catalog
msql2mysql (1) - convert mSQL programs for use with MySQL
mtools (1) - utilities to access DOS disks in Unix.
multiplexer (3) - Splits mode requests into calls to different handlers.
myisamchk (1) - MyISAM table-maintenance utility
mysql-test-run.pl (1) - run MySQL test suite
mysql_install_db (1) - initialize MySQL data directory
mysql_secure_installation (1) - improve MySQL installation security
mysql_waitpid (1) - kill process and wait for its termination
mysqlbinlog (1) - utility for processing binary log files
ne_get_response_header, ne_response_header_iterate (3) - functions to access response headers
ne_i18n_init (3) - functions to initialize internationalization support
ne_set_request_body_buffer, ne_set_request_body_fd, ne_set_request_body_fd64 (3) - include a message body with a request
ne_shave (3) - trim whitespace from a string
ne_sock_init, ne_sock_exit (3) - perform library initialization
ne_ssl_cert_identity, ne_ssl_cert_signedby, ne_ssl_cert_issuer, ne_ssl_cert_subject (3) - functions to access certificate properties
ne_ssl_cert_read, ne_ssl_cert_write, ne_ssl_cert_import, ne_ssl_cert_export (3) - functions to read or write certificates to and from files or strings
nmap (1) - Network exploration tool and security / port scanner
odmgr (1) - administration utility for QDBM Odeum
old_api (3) - Calls mib module code written in the old style of code.
omindex (1) - Index static website data via the filesystem
ovf2ovp (1) - convert a virtual font file and its associated font metric file into property-list format
ovp2ovf (1) - convert a virtual property-list file into a virtual font file and its associated font metric file
pango-querymodules (1) - Module registration utility
paperinfo, paperwithsize, paperfirst, paperlast, papernext, paperprev (3) - return informations about a paper
paperinit, paperdone (3) - begin and end using the paper library
parent (3p) - Establish an ISA relationship with base classes at compile time
pbmtojbg (1) - portable bitmap to JBIG1 file converter
pcregrep (1) - a grep with Perl-compatible regular expressions.
pdbedit (8) - manage the SAM database (Database of Samba Users)
pdf2dsc (1) - erzeugt eine PostScript-Seitenliste aus einem PDF-Dokument
pdfetex, pdfeinitex, pdfevirtex (1) - PDF output from e-TeX
pdftex, pdfinitex, pdfvirtex (1) - PDF output from TeX
pg_resetxlog (1) - reset the write-ahead log and other control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster
pk2bm (1) - create a bitmap from a TeX pkfont
pktype (1) - verify and translate a packed font bitmap file to plain text
postconf (1) - Postfix configuration utility
postdrop (1) - Postfix mail posting utility
postlog (1) - Postfix-compatible logging utility
printafm (1) - Gibt die Metrik einer Postscript-Schrift im AFM-Format mittels ghostscript aus
profiles (1) - A utility to report and change SIDs in registry files
prompter (1) - prompting editor front-end for nmh
ps2pdf (1) - konvertiert PostScript nach PDF mittels ghostscript
ps2pdf12 (1) - konvertiert PostScript nach PDF 1.2 (kompatibel zu Acrobat 3 und später) mittels ghostscript
ps2pdf13 (1) - konvertiert PostScript nach PDF 1.3 (kompatibel zu Acrobat 4 und später) mittels ghostscript
ps2pdfwr (1) - Convert PostScript to PDF without specifying CompatibilityLevel, using ghostscript
pslatex (1) - utility to typeset LaTeX files using PostScript fonts
ptked (1) - an editor in Perl/Tk
putwchar (3) - write a wide character to standard output
pwhois (1) - Perl written whois client
qemu-img (1) - QEMU disk image utility
rats (1) - Rough Auditing Tool for Security
rblsmtpd (1) - blocks mail from RBL-listed sites. It works with any SMTP server that can run under tcpserver (1)
rdflib (1) - manage a library file for use with ldrdf(1)
read_only (3) - Make your handler read_only automatically The only purpose of this handler is to return an appropriate error for any requests passed to it in a SET mode.
readcd (1) - read or write data Compact Discs
readproctitle (8) - maintains an automatically rotated log in memory for inspection by ps (1). readproctitle is available in daemontools 0.75 and above.
replace (1) - a string-replacement utility
rlmgr (1) - administration utility for QDBM Relic
row_merge (3) - Calls sub handlers with request for one row at a time.
rptp (1) - communicate with rplayd using RPTP
rrdfirst (1) - Return the date of the first data sample in an RRA within an RRD
rrdrestore (1) - Restore the contents of an RRD from its XML dump format
rsnapshot (1) - remote filesystem snapshot utility
rsnapshot-diff (1) - a utility for comparing the disk usage of two snapshots taken by rsnapshot
rtorrent (1) - a BitTorrent client for ncurses
rubibtex (1) - make a bibliography for (La)TeX using Russian letters as item names
run-with-aspell (1) - script to help use GNU Aspell as an ispell replacement
sash (1) - stand-alone shell with built-in commands
sasl_auxprop (3) - How to work with SASL auxiliary properties
sasl_callbacks (3) - How to work with SASL callbacks
sasl_chalprompt_t (3) - Realm Acquisition Callback
sasl_client_init (3) - SASL client authentication initialization
sasl_getrealm_t (3) - Realm Acquisition Callback
sasl_server_init (3) - SASL server authentication initialization
scandeps.pl (1) - Scan file prerequisites
screen (1) - screen manager with VT100/ANSI terminal emulation
scriptindex (1) - index arbitrary data as described by an index script
sendmail (1) - Postfix to Sendmail compatibility interface
setlock (8) - runs another program with a file locked.
shred (1) - delete a file securely, first overwriting it to hide its contents
slapcat (8) - SLAPD database to LDIF utility
slapd-monitor (5) - Monitor backend to slapd
slapo-auditlog (5) - Audit Logging overlay to slapd
slapo-refint (5) - Referential Integrity overlay to slapd
slapo-rwm (5) - rewrite/remap overlay to slapd
slappasswd (8) - OpenLDAP password utility
slaptest (8) - Check the suitability of the OpenLDAP slapd.conf file
sliceprint (1) - slice documents with long lines.
smb.conf (5) - The configuration file for the Samba suite
smbget (1) - wget-like utility for download files over SMB
snmp_sess_init, snmp_open, snmp_send, snmp_free_pdu, snmp_select_info, snmp_read, snmp_timeout, snmp_close, snmp_perror, snmp_sess_perror, snmp_error, snmp_api_errstring (3) - send and receive SNMP messages
snmp_sess_init, snmp_sess_open, snmp_sess_session, snmp_sess_send, snmp_sess_async_send, snmp_sess_select_info, snmp_sess_read, snmp_sess_timeout, snmp_sess_close, snmp_sess_error (3) - session functions
snmpbulkget (1) - communicates with a network entity using SNMP GETBULK requests.
snmpdelta (1) - Monitor delta differences in SNMP Counter values
snmpdf (1) - display disk space usage on a network entity via SNMP
snmpget (1) - communicates with a network entity using SNMP GET requests
snmpgetnext (1) - communicates with a network entity using SNMP GETNEXT requests
snmpkey (1) - Create SNMPv3 security keys for the Net::SNMP module
snmpnetstat (1) - display networking status and configuration information from a network entity via SNMP
snmpset (1) - communicates with a network entity using SNMP SET requests
snmpstatus (1) - retrieves a fixed set of management information from a network entity
snmptable (1) - retrieve an SNMP table and display it in tabular form
snmptest (1) - communicates with a network entity using SNMP requests
snmpusm (1) - creates and maintains SNMPv3 users on a network entity
snmpvacm (1) - creates and maintains SNMPv3 View-based Access Control entries on a network entity
softlimit (8) - runs another program with new resource limits.
spice (1) - circuit simulator
spmonitor (1) - Spread Monitoring and Adminstration client
subroutine (3f) - cscal(n,ca,cx,incx) c scales a vector by a constant. c jack dongarra, linpack, 3/11/78. c modified to correct problem with negative increment, 8/21/90. complex ca,cx(1) integer i,incx,ix,n if(n.le.0)return if(incx.eq.1)go to 20 c code for increment not equal to 1 ix = 1 if(incx.lt.0)ix = (-n+1)*incx + 1 do 10 i = 1,n cx(ix) = ca*cx(ix) ix = ix + incx 10 continue return c code for increment equal to 1 20 do 30 i = 1,n cx(i) = ca*cx(i) 30 continue return end
subroutine (3f) - zscal(n,za,zx,incx) c scales a vector by a constant. c jack dongarra, 3/11/78. c modified to correct problem with negative increment, 8/21/90. double complex za,zx(1) integer i,incx,ix,n if(n.le.0)return if(incx.eq.1)go to 20 c code for increment not equal to 1 ix = 1 if(incx.lt.0)ix = (-n+1)*incx + 1 do 10 i = 1,n zx(ix) = za*zx(ix) ix = ix + incx 10 continue return c code for increment equal to 1 20 do 30 i = 1,n zx(i) = za*zx(i) 30 continue return end
suexec2 (8) - Switch user before executing external programs
supervise (8) - starts and monitors a service.
svc (8) - controls services monitored by supervise(8).
svnadmin (1) - Subversion repository administration tool
svndumpfilter (1) - Filter a subversion repository 'dumpfile'.
svnlook (1) - Subversion repository examination tool
svnserve (8) - Server for the 'svn' repository access method
svnserve.conf (5) - Repository configuration file for svnserve
svnsync (1) - Subversion repository synchronization tool
svscan (8) - starts and monitors a collection of services
svscanboot (8) - starts svscan (8) in the /service directory, with output and error messages logged through readproctitle (8). svscanboot is available in daemontools 0.75 and above.
svstat (8) - prints the status of services monitored by supervise (8).
table_data (3) - Helps you implement a table with datamatted storage.
table_dataset (3) - Helps you implement a table with automatted storage.
table_iterator (3) - The table iterator helper is designed to simplify the task of writing a table handler for the net-snmp agent when the data being accessed is not in an oid sorted form and must be accessed externally.
tcsh (1) - C shell with file name completion and command line editing
tdbbackup (8) - tool for backing up and for validating the integrity of samba .tdb files
tex, virtex, initex (1) - text formatting and typesetting
texutil (1) - ConTeXt utility program
there (3p) - is s no way to tell whether the program is calling foo with the first_name parameter set to the value 'first_name' and the last_name parameter set to 'Nat', vs. calling foo with the first_name parameter set to 'Nat' and the last_name parameter left undefined.
thumbnail (1) - create a TIFF file with thumbnail images
thumbpdf (1) - generate thumbnail images for a PDF file created with pdftex
tiffdither (1) - convert a greyscale image to bilevel using dithering
tifficc (1) - little cms ICC profile applier for TIFF.
tiffmedian (1) - apply the median cut algorithm to data in a TIFF file
tiffsplit (1) - split a multi-image TIFF into single-image TIFF files
tinydns-edit (8) - edit the (source form of the) database served by tinydns/axfrdns
tinydns-get (1) - is like dnsq(1), but obtains its results from data.cdb in the current directory
tld_check_4 (3) - verify that characters are permitted
tld_check_4t (3) - verify that characters are permitted
tld_check_4tz (3) - verify that characters are permitted
tld_check_4z (3) - verify that characters are permitted
tld_check_8z (3) - verify that characters are permitted
tld_check_lz (3) - verify that characters are permitted
towctrans (3) - wide-character transliteration
transmission (1) - a bittorrent client
transmission-daemon (1) - a bittorrent client
transmission-remote (1) - a remote control utility for transmission-daemon (1) and transmission (1)
transmissioncli (1) - a bittorrent client
trivial-rewrite (8) - Postfix address rewriting and resolving daemon
tsql (1) - utility to test FreeTDS connections and queries
ttf2afm (1) - utility to generate AFM files for TrueType fonts
unbound-control (8) - Unbound remote server control utility.
unbound-host (1) - unbound DNS lookup utility
use Graph::TransitiveClosure; use Graph::Directed; # or Undirected my $g = Graph::Directed (3p) ->new; $g->add_...(); # build $g # Compute the transitive closure graph. my $tcg = Graph::TransitiveClosure->new($g); $tcg->is_reachable($u, $v) # Identical to $tcg->has_edge($u, $v) # Being reflexive is the default, meaning that null transitions # (transitions from a vertex to the same vertex) are included. my $tcg = Graph::TransitiveClosure->new($g, reflexive => 1); my $tcg = Graph::TransitiveClosure->new($g, reflexive => 0); # is_reachable(u, v) is always reflexive. $tcg->is_reachable($u, $v) # The reflexivity of is_transitive(u, v) depends of the reflexivity # of the transitive closure. $tcg->is_transitive($u, $v) # You can check any graph for transitivity. $g->is_transitive() my $tcg = Graph::TransitiveClosure->new($g, path_length => 1); $tcg->path_length($u, $v) # path_vertices is automatically always on so this is a no-op. my $tcg = Graph::TransitiveClosure->new($g, path_vertices => 1); $tcg->path_vertices($u, $v) # Both path_length and path_vertices. my $tcg = Graph::TransitiveClosure->new($g, path => 1); $tcg->path_vertices($u, $v) $tcg->length($u, $v) my $tcg = Graph::TransitiveClosure->new($g, attribute_name => length); $tcg->path_length($u, $v)
utility_handlers (3) - Simplify request processing A group of handlers intended to simplify certain aspects of processing a request for a MIB object.
uuid-config (1) - OSSP uuid API build utility
uuidgen (1) - command-line utility to create a new UUID value
vacall (3) - C functions called with variable arguments
vfs_audit (8) - record selected Samba VFS operations in the system log
vfs_commit (8) - flush dirty data at specified intervals
vfs_extd_audit (8) - record selected Samba VFS operations
vfs_full_audit (8) - record Samba VFS operations in the system log
vim (1) - VI Migliorato, un editor di testi per programmatori
vim (1) - Vi IMproved, a programmers text editor
vim (1) - Vi IMproved, éditeur de texte pour programmeurs
vim (1) - Vi IMproved, éditeur de texte pour programmeurs
vimdiff (1) - edit two, three or four versions of a file with Vim and show differences
vlmgr (1) - administration utility for QDBM Villa
watcher (3) - Watch a specified variable and process it as an instance or scalar object.
wcpcpy (3) - copy a wide character string, returning a pointer to its end
wcpncpy (3) - copy a fixed-size string of wide characters, returning a pointer to its end
wcstok (3) - split wide-character string into tokens
wftopfa (1) - konvertiert eine Wadalab basierte Schrift ins Postscript .PFA- (oder .PFB-)Format mittels Ghostscript.
winbindd (8) - Name Service Switch daemon for resolving names from NT servers
wmemset (3) - fill an array of wide-characters with a constant wide character
wtpt (1) - Show media white of profiles, identifying black body locus.
xapian-progsrv (1) - Piped server for use with Xapian's remote backend
xapian-tcpsrv (1) - TCP daemon for use with Xapian's remote backend
xdg-desktop-menu (1) - command line tool for (un)installing desktop menu items
xkibitz (1) - allow multiple people to interact in an xterm
xls2csv (1) - reads MS-Excel file and puts its content as comma-separated data on standard output
xml2po (1) - program to create a PO-template file from a DocBook XML file and merge it back into a (translated) XML file
xml_merge (1) - merge back XML files split with C<xml_split>
xml_split (1) - cut a big XML file into smaller chunks
xmlif (1) - conditional processing instructions for XML
xview (7) - xview toolkit information
xxd (1) - convertit en représentation hexadécimale et inversement.
xxd (1) - convertit en représentation hexadécimale et inversement.
yasm_arch (7) - Yasm Supported Target Architectures
zarafa-monitor (1) - Start the Zarafa monitor.
zarafa-monitor.cfg (5) - The Zarafa monitor configuration file
zipnote (1) - write the comments in zipfile to stdout, edit comments and rename files in zipfile
zipsplit (1) - split a zipfile into smaller zipfiles
zshexpn (1) - zsh expansion and substitution
zshzle (1) - zsh command line editor
AllPlanes, BlackPixel, WhitePixel, ConnectionNumber, DefaultColormap, DefaultDepth, XListDepths, DefaultGC, DefaultRootWindow, DefaultScreenOfDisplay, DefaultScreen, DefaultVisual, DisplayCells, DisplayPlanes, DisplayString, XMaxRequestSize, XExtendedMaxRequestSize, LastKnownRequestProcessed, NextRequest, ProtocolVersion, ProtocolRevision, QLength, RootWindow, ScreenCount, ScreenOfDisplay, ServerVendor, VendorRelease (3) - Display macros and functions
BlackPixelOfScreen, WhitePixelOfScreen, CellsOfScreen, DefaultColormapOfScreen, DefaultDepthOfScreen, DefaultGCOfScreen, DefaultVisualOfScreen, DoesBackingStore, DoesSaveUnders, DisplayOfScreen, XScreenNumberOfScreen, EventMaskOfScreen, HeightOfScreen, HeightMMOfScreen, MaxCmapsOfScreen, MinCmapsOfScreen, PlanesOfScreen, RootWindowOfScreen, WidthOfScreen, WidthMMOfScreen (3) - screen information functions and macros
DPMSCapable (3) - returns the DPMS capability of the X server
DPMSQueryExtension (3) - queries the X server to determine the availability of the DPMS Extension
DPMSSetTimeouts (3) - permits applications to set the timeout values used by the X server for DPMS timings
DisplayOfCCC, VisualOfCCC, ScreenNumberOfCCC, ScreenWhitePointOfCCC, ClientWhitePointOfCCC (3) - Color Conversion Context macros
FcAtomicReplaceOrig (3) - replace original with new
FcConfigSubstitute (3) - Execute substitutions
FcConfigSubstituteWithPat (3) - Execute substitutions
FcDefaultSubstitute (3) - Perform default substitutions in a pattern
FcInit (3) - initialize fontconfig library
FcInitBringUptoDate (3) - reload configuration files if needed
FcInitLoadConfig (3) - load configuration
FcInitLoadConfigAndFonts (3) - load configuration and font data
FcInitReinitialize (3) - re-initialize library
FcMatrixInit (3) - initialize an FcMatrix structure
FcPatternAddWeak (3) - Add a value to a pattern with weak binding
FcStrListCreate (3) - create a string iterator
FcStrListDone (3) - destroy a string iterator
FcStrListNext (3) - get next string in iteration
FcStrSetEqual (3) - check sets for equality
FcValueEqual (3) - Test two values for equality
ImageByteOrder, BitmapBitOrder, BitmapPad, BitmapUnit, DisplayHeight, DisplayHeightMM, DisplayWidth, DisplayWidthMM, XListPixmapFormats, XPixmapFormatValues (3) - image format functions and macros
XDrawText, XDrawText16, XTextItem, XTextItem16 (3) - draw polytext text and text drawing structures
XF86VidModeQueryExtension, XF86VidModeQueryVersion, XF86VidModeSetClientVersion, XF86VidModeGetModeLine, XF86VidModeGetAllModeLines, XF86VidModeDeleteModeLine, XF86VidModeModModeLine, XF86VidModeValidateModeLine, XF86VidModeSwitchMode, XF86VidModeSwitchToMode, XF86VidModeLockModeSwitch, XF86VidModeGetMonitor, XF86VidModeGetViewPort, XF86VidModeSetViewPort, XF86VidModeGetDotClocks, XF86VidModeGetGamma, XF86VidModeSetGamma, XF86VidModeGetGammaRamp, XF86VidModeSetGammaRamp, XF86VidModeGetGammaRampSize, XF86VidModeGetPermissions (3) - Extension library for the XFree86-VidMode X extension
XGravityEvent (3) - GravityNotify event structure
XIconifyWindow, XWithdrawWindow, XReconfigureWMWindow (3) - manipulate top-level windows
XIfEvent, XCheckIfEvent, XPeekIfEvent (3) - check the event queue with a predicate procedure
XInitImage, XCreateImage, XGetPixel, XPutPixel, XSubImage, XAddPixel, XDestroyImage (3) - image utilities
XInitThreads, XLockDisplay, XUnlockDisplay (3) - multi-threading support
XIntersectRegion, XUnionRegion, XUnionRectWithRegion, XSubtractRegion, XXorRegion, XOffsetRegion, XShrinkRegion (3) - region arithmetic
XListFonts, XFreeFontNames, XListFontsWithInfo, XFreeFontInfo (3) - obtain or free font names and information
XReadBitmapFile, XReadBitmapFileData, XWriteBitmapFile, XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData, XCreateBitmapFromData (3) - manipulate bitmaps
XSetDeviceValuators (3) - initialize the valuators on an extension input device
XTestQueryExtension, XTestCompareCursorWithWindow, XTestCompareCurrentCursorWithWindow, XTestFakeKeyEvent, XTestFakeButtonEvent, XTestFakeMotionEvent, XTestFakeRelativeMotionEvent, XTestGrabControl, XTestSetGContextOfGC, XTestSetVisualIDOfVisual, XTestDiscard (3) - XTest extension functions
XVisibilityEvent (3) - VisibilityNotify event structure
Xau library: XauFileName, XauReadAuth, XauLockAuth, XauUnlockAuth, XauWriteAuth, XauDisposeAuth, XauGetAuthByAddr, XauGetBestAuthByAddr (3) - X authority database routines
XcmsQueryBlack, XcmsQueryBlue, XcmsQueryGreen, XcmsQueryRed, XcmsQueryWhite (3) - obtain black, blue, green, red, and white CCC color specifications
XcmsSetWhitePoint, XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc (3) - modifying CCC attributes
Xcomposite (3) - X Composite Extension library
XcupStoreColors (3) - initialize shareable colormap entries at specific locations
XkbAddDeviceLedInfo (3) - Initialize an XkbDeviceLedInfoRec structure
XkbAllocClientMap (3) - Allocate and initialize an empty client map description record
XkbAllocCompatMap (3) - Allocate a new compatibility map if you do not already have one available
XkbAllocGeomKeys (3) - Allocate space for an arbitrary number of keys to a row
XkbAllocGeomOutlines (3) - Allocate space for an arbitrary number of outlines to a shape
XkbAllocGeomShapes (3) - Allocate space for an arbitrary number of geometry shapes
XkbAllocServerMap (3) - Allocate and initialize an empty server map description record
XkbApplyCompatMapToKey (3) - Apply the new compatibility mapping to an individual key to get its semantics updated
XkbBellEvent (3) - Provides a function that initiates a bell event for the keyboard without ringing the bell
XkbChangeDeviceInfo (3) - Update the server's description of a device with the changes noted in an XkbDeviceChangesRec
XkbChangeIndicators (3) - Changes indicator maps or state without passing the entire keyboard description
XkbDeviceBellEvent (3) - Creates a bell event for an X input extension device or for the keyboard, without ringing the corresponding bell
XkbFreeCompatMap (3) - Free an entire compatibility map or selected portions of one
XkbFreeKeyboard (3) - Destroys either an entire XkbDescRec or just some of its members
XkbGetCompatMap (3) - Fetch any combination of the current compatibility map components from the server
XkbGetControlsChanges (3) - Updates a local copy of a keyboard description with the changes previously noted by one or more calls to XkbNoteControlsChanges
XkbGetDeviceButtonActions (3) - Query the button actions associated with an X Input Extension device
XkbGetDeviceInfo (3) - Determine whether the X server allows Xkb access to particular capabilities of input devices other than the core X keyboard, or to determine the status of indicator maps, indicator names or button actions on a non-KeyClass extension device
XkbGetDeviceInfoChanges (3) - Query the changes that have occurred in the button actions or indicator names and indicator maps associated with an input extension device
XkbGetDeviceLedInfo (3) - Query the indicator names, maps, and state associated with an LED feedback of an input extension device
XkbGetIndicatorChanges (3) - Updates a local copy of the keyboard description with the actual values of one or more calls to XkbNoteIndicatorChanges
XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents (3) - Obtain the explicit components (the explicit array) for a subset of the keys in a keyboard description
XkbGetMap (3) - Allocate an XkbDescRec structure and populate it with the server's keyboard client map and server map
XkbGetNameChanges (3) - Update the local copy of the keyboard description with the actual values of the results of one or more calls to XkbNoteNameChanges
XkbInitCanonicalKeyTypes (3) - Set the definitions of the canonical key types in a client map to their default values
XkbKeyActionEntry (3) - Returns the key action corresponding to group grp and shift level lvl from the two-dimensional table of key actions associated with the key corresponding to keycode
XkbKeyActionsPtr (3) - Returns a pointer to the two-dimensional array of key actions associated with the key corresponding to keycode
XkbKeyGroupWidth (3) - Computes the width of the type associated with the group grp for the key corresponding to keycode
XkbKeyGroupsWidth (3) - Computes the maximum width associated with the key corresponding to keycode
XkbKeyHasActions (3) - Determines if the key corresponding to keycode has any actions associated with it
XkbKeyNumActions (3) - Computes the number of actions associated with the key corresponding to keycode
XkbLibraryVersion (3) - Determines the compatibility of a library at runtime.
XkbLookupKeySym (3) - Find the symbol associated with a key for a particular state
XkbOpenDisplay (3) - Checks for a compatible version of the Xkb extension in both the library and the server, and initializes the extension for use.
XkbQueryExtension (3) - Determines the compatibility of a library at runtime.
XkbResizeDeviceButtonActions (3) - Allocate additional space for button actions in an XkbDeviceInfoRec structure
XkbSelectEventDetails (3) - Selects or deselects for a specific Xkb event and optionally places conditions on when events of that type are reported to your client
XkbSelectEvents (3) - Selects and / or deselects for delivery of one or more Xkb events and has them delivered under all conditions
XkbSetCompatMap (3) - Modify the server's compatibility map
XkbSetNamedIndicator (3) - Names an indicator if it is not already named; toggles the state of the indicator; sets the indicator to a specified state and sets the indicator map for the indicator
XkbTranslateKeySym (3) - Find the string and symbol associated with a keysym for a given keyboard state
XpCreateContext (3) - Creates and initializes a new print context.
XpGetDocumentData (3) - Creates and initializes a new print context.
XpGetPdmStartParams (3) - Builds up parameters in accordance with the PDM Selection Protocol as a standard convenience function.
XpGetScreenOfContext (3) - Obtains a pointer to the screen associated with the specified print context.
XpQueryExtension (3) - Queries an X Server to determine if it supports the X Print Service Extension, and if it does, what the offsets are for associated events and errors.
XpQueryVersion (3) - Queries an X Server to determine if it supports the X Print Service Extension, and if it does, which version of the X Print Service Extension.
XpSetContext (3) - Sets or unsets a print context with the specified display connection to the X Print Server.
XpSetLocaleHinter (3) - Sets a "locale hinter" function and description of it.
XrmInitialize, XrmParseCommand, XrmValue, XrmOptionKind, XrmOptionDescRec (3) - initialize the Resource Manager, Resource Manager structures, and parse the command line
Xsecurity (7) - X display access control
XtAllocateGC (3) - obtain a sharable GC with modifiable fields
XtAppInitialize, XtVaAppInitialize (3) - initialize, open, or close a display
XtAppSetExitFlag, XtAppGetExitFlag (3) - thread support functions
XtClass, XtSuperclass, XtIsSubclass, XtCheckSubclass, XtIsObject, XtIsRectObj, XtIsWidget, XtIsComposite, XtIsConstraint, XtIsShell, XtIsOverrideShell, XtIsWMShell, XtIsVendorShell, XtIsTransientShell, XtIsTopLevelShell, XtIsApplicationShell, XtIsSessionShell (3) - obtain and verify a widget's class
XtCreateApplicationContext, XtDestroyApplicationContext, XtWidgetToApplicationContext, XtToolkitInitialize (3) - create, destroy, and obtain an application context
XtDisplayInitialize, XtOpenDisplay, XtDatabase, XtScreenDatabase, XtCloseDisplay (3) - initialize, open, or close a display
XtFindFile (3) - search for a file using substitutions in the path list
XtGetDisplays (3) - retrieve a list of displays associated with an application context
XtGetSelectionParameters (3) - retrieve target parameters for a selection request with a single target
XtInitialize (3) - initialize
XtInitializeWidgetClass (3) - initialize a widget class
XtOpenApplication, XtVaOpenApplication (3) - initialize, open, or close a display
XtRegisterDrawable (3) - register a drawable with the Intrinsics event dispatcher
XtResolvePathname (3) - search for a file using standard substitution
XtSetSelectionParameters (3) - specify target parameters for a selection request with a single target
XtSetSensitive, XtIsSensitive (3) - set and check a widget's sensitivity state
XtToolkitThreadInitialize (3) - initialize the toolkit for multiple threads
XvPutStill (3) - write a single frame of video to a drawable
XvPutVideo (3) - write video into a drawable
bdftopcf (1) - convert X font from Bitmap Distribution Format to Portable Compiled Format
bitmap, bmtoa, atobm (1) - bitmap editor and converter utilities for the X Window System
citron (4) - Citron Infrared Touch Driver (CiTouch)
editres (1) - a dynamic resource editor for X Toolkit applications
exa (4) - new 2D acceleration architecture for X.Org
fonttosfnt (1) - Wrap a bitmap font in a sfnt (TrueType) wrapper
fpit (4) - Fujitsu Stylistic input driver
glActiveTextureARB (3G) - select active texture unit
glBegin, glEnd (3G) - delimit the vertices of a primitive or a group of like primitives
glBitmap (3G) - draw a bitmap
glBlendFunc (3G) - specify pixel arithmetic
glClientActiveTextureARB (3G) - select active texture unit
glColorMask (3G) - enable and disable writing of frame buffer color components
glDepthMask (3G) - enable or disable writing into the depth buffer
glDrawArrays (3G) - render primitives from array data
glDrawElements (3G) - render primitives from array data
glDrawPixels (3G) - write a block of pixels to the frame buffer
glDrawRangeElements (3G) - render primitives from array data
glEdgeFlag, glEdgeFlagv (3G) - flag edges as either boundary or nonboundary
glEnable, glDisable (3G) - enable or disable server-side GL capabilities
glEnableClientState, glDisableClientState (3G) - enable or disable client-side capability
glFlush (3G) - force execution of GL commands in finite time
glIndexMask (3G) - control the writing of individual bits in the color index buffers
glInitNames (3G) - initialize the name stack
glIsEnabled (3G) - test whether a capability is enabled
glLoadIdentity (3G) - replace the current matrix with the identity matrix
glLoadMatrixd, glLoadMatrixf (3G) - replace the current matrix with the specified matrix
glMultMatrixd, glMultMatrixf (3G) - multiply the current matrix with the specified matrix
glMultiTexCoord1dARB, glMultiTexCoord1fARB, glMultiTexCoord1iARB, glMultiTexCoord1sARB, glMultiTexCoord2dARB, glMultiTexCoord2fARB, glMultiTexCoord2iARB, glMultiTexCoord2sARB, glMultiTexCoord3dARB, glMultiTexCoord3fARB, glMultiTexCoord3iARB, glMultiTexCoord3sARB, glMultiTexCoord4dARB, glMultiTexCoord4fARB, glMultiTexCoord4iARB, glMultiTexCoord4sARB, glMultiTexCoord1dvARB, glMultiTexCoord1fvARB, glMultiTexCoord1ivARB, glMultiTexCoord1svARB, glMultiTexCoord2dvARB, glMultiTexCoord2fvARB, glMultiTexCoord2ivARB, glMultiTexCoord2svARB, glMultiTexCoord3dvARB, glMultiTexCoord3fvARB, glMultiTexCoord3ivARB, glMultiTexCoord3svARB, glMultiTexCoord4dvARB, glMultiTexCoord4fvARB, glMultiTexCoord4ivARB, glMultiTexCoord4svARB (3G) - set the current texture coordinates
glOrtho (3G) - multiply the current matrix with an orthographic matrix
glPolygonOffset (3G) - set the scale and units used to calculate depth values
glPrioritizeTextures (3G) - set texture residence priority
glRasterPos2d, glRasterPos2f, glRasterPos2i, glRasterPos2s, glRasterPos3d, glRasterPos3f, glRasterPos3i, glRasterPos3s, glRasterPos4d, glRasterPos4f, glRasterPos4i, glRasterPos4s, glRasterPos2dv, glRasterPos2fv, glRasterPos2iv, glRasterPos2sv, glRasterPos3dv, glRasterPos3fv, glRasterPos3iv, glRasterPos3sv, glRasterPos4dv, glRasterPos4fv, glRasterPos4iv, glRasterPos4sv (3G) - specify the raster position for pixel operations
glResetMinmax (3G) - reset minmax table entries to initial values
glStencilMask (3G) - control the writing of individual bits in the stencil planes
glXUseXFont (3) - create bitmap display lists from an X font
glXWaitGL (3) - complete GL execution prior to subsequent X calls
glXWaitX (3) - complete X execution prior to subsequent GL calls
gluBeginCurve, gluEndCurve (3G) - delimit a NURBS curve definition
gluBeginPolygon, gluEndPolygon (3G) - delimit a polygon description
gluBeginSurface, gluEndSurface (3G) - delimit a NURBS surface definition
gluBeginTrim, gluEndTrim (3G) - delimit a NURBS trimming loop definition
gluScaleImage (3G) - scale an image to an arbitrary size
gluTessBeginContour, gluTessEndContour (3G) - delimit a contour description
gluTessBeginPolygon (3G) - delimit a polygon description
gluTessEndPolygon (3G) - delimit a polygon description
iceauth (1) - ICE authority file utility
imake (1) - C preprocessor interface to the make utility
luit (1) - Locale and ISO 2022 support for Unicode terminals
rendition (4) - Rendition video driver
sessreg (1) - manage utmp/wtmp entries for non-init clients
ssh-askpass (1) - an X11-based pass-phrase dialog for use with OpenSSH
startx (1) - initialize an X session
xauth (1) - X authority file utility
xclock (1) - analog / digital clock for X
xcmsdb (1) - Device Color Characterization utility for X Color Management System
xcompmgr (1) - sample X compositing manager
xconsole (1) - monitor system console messages with X
xdm (1) - X Display Manager with support for XDMCP, host chooser
xdpyinfo (1) - display information utility for X
xedit (1) - simple text editor for X
xfsinfo (1) - X font server information utility
xgamma (1) - Alter a monitor's gamma correction through the X server
xidle (1) - run a program on X inactivity
xinit (1) - X Window System initializer
xinput (1) - utility to configure and test XInput devices
xkill (1) - kill a client by its X resource
xmodmap (1) - utility for modifying keymaps and pointer button mappings in X
xrandr (1) - primitive command line interface to RandR extension
xrdb (1) - X server resource database utility
xset (1) - user preference utility for X
xsetroot (1) - root window parameter setting utility for X
xstdcmap (1) - X standard colormap utility
xwininfo (1) - window information utility for X
GNU-VPE (5) - Overview of the GNU Virtual Private Ethernet suite.
luma (1) - LDAP browser, utility and more.
pnotify (3) - monitor filesystem events